850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

1 

850 Purchase Order

Functional Group ID=PO

Introduction:

This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order 

Transaction Set (850) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The 

transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the 

placement of purchase orders for goods and services. This transaction set should not be used to convey purchase 

order changes or purchase order acknowledgment information.

Notes:

1. The term "award instrument" used in this convention includes, but is not limited to, the following terms: 

Agreement, Blanket Purchase Agreement, Contract, Basic Agreement, Basic Ordering Agreement, Grant, 

Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity, Purchase Order, Indefinite Delivery Definite Quantity, Requirements, 

Letter Contract, Task Order, Lease, Release, Call, and Delivery Order.

2. This transaction set is used to issue an original award instrument. If buyer initiated changes need to be made 

to a procurement instrument, use the Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer Initiated, 860 transaction set. 

Seller requested changes are initiated using the Purchasing Order Change Acknowledgment/Request - Seller 

Initiated, 865 transaction set.

3. This transaction set makes use of code lists contained in the Federal EDI Coding Manual which can be found 

at http://www.fedebiz.gov, under Resources, Related Documents. 

Heading:

Page Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and

No. No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

7 010 ST Transaction Set Header M 1

 

8 020 BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order M 1

 

12 040 CUR Currency O 1

 

15 050 REF Reference Identification O >1

 

Not Used 060 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3

 

Not Used 070 TAX Tax Reference O >1

 

19 080 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O >1

 

Not Used 090 CTP Pricing Information O >1

 

Not Used 095 PAM Period Amount O 10

 

22 110 CSH Sales Requirements O 5

 

Not Used 115 TC2 Commodity O >1

 

 

LOOP ID - SAC 25

24 120 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge 

Information

O 1

 

Not Used 125 CUR Currency O 1

 

30 130 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O >1

 

Not Used 140 DIS Discount Detail O 20

 

32 145 INC Installment Information O 1

 

34 150 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10

 

37 160 LDT Lead Time O 12

 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

2 

Not Used 180 LIN Item Identification O 5 n1

Not Used 185 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1

 

39 190 PID Product/Item Description O 200

 

41 200 MEA Measurements O 40

 

46 210 PWK Paperwork O 25

 

50 220 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 200

 

Not Used 230 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2

 

52 240 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit 

Time)

O 12

 

Not Used 250 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12

 

54 260 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous 

Materials or Both)

O 5

 

55 270 MAN Marks and Numbers O 10

 

56 276 PCT Percent Amounts O >1

 

Not Used 280 CTB Restrictions/Conditions O 5

 

57 285 TXI Tax Information O >1

 

 

LOOP ID - AMT >1

59 287 AMT Monetary Amount O 1

 

61 289 REF Reference Identification O >1

 

Not Used 290 DTM Date/Time Reference O 1

 

Not Used 292 PCT Percent Amounts O >1

 

 

LOOP ID - FA1 >1

62 293 FA1 Type of Financial Accounting Data O 1

 

63 294 FA2 Accounting Data M >1

 

 

LOOP ID - N9 1000

66 295 N9 Reference Identification O 1

 

70 297 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1

 

71 300 MSG Message Text O 1000

 

 

LOOP ID - N1 200

73 310 N1 Name O 1

 

78 320 N2 Additional Name Information O 2

 

79 330 N3 Address Information O 2

 

80 340 N4 Geographic Location O >1

 

Not Used 345 NX2 Location ID Component O >1

 

82 350 REF Reference Identification O 12

 

84 360 PER Administrative Communications Contact O >1

 

Not Used 365 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1

 

Not Used 370 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1

 

Not Used 380 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2

 

Not Used 390 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit 

Time)

O 12

 

Not Used 400 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12

 

Not Used 410 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous 

Materials or Both)

O 5

 

Not Used 420 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 200

 

 

LOOP ID - LM >1

87 430 LM Code Source Information O 1

 

88 440 LQ Industry Code M >1

 

 

LOOP ID - SPI >1

89 450 SPI Specification Identifier O 1

 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

3 

91 460 REF Reference Identification O 5

 

92 470 DTM Date/Time Reference O 5

 

93 480 MSG Message Text O 50

 

 

LOOP ID - N1 20

94 490 N1 Name O 1

 

96 500 N2 Additional Name Information O 2

 

97 510 N3 Address Information O 2

 

98 520 N4 Geographic Location O 1

 

Not Used 530 REF Reference Identification O 20

 

99 540 G61 Contact O 1

 

100 550 MSG Message Text O 50

 

 

LOOP ID - CB1 >1

101 560 CB1 Contract and Cost Accounting Standards Data O 1

 

104 570 REF Reference Identification O 20

 

106 580 DTM Date/Time Reference O 5

 

107 590 LDT Lead Time O 1

 

108 600 MSG Message Text O 50

 

 

LOOP ID - ADV >1

Not Used 610 ADV Advertising Demographic Information O 1

 

Not Used 620 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1

 

Not Used 630 MTX Text O >1

 

Detail:

Page Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and

No. No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

 

LOOP ID - PO1 100000

109 010 PO1 Baseline Item Data M 1 n2

114 015 LIN Item Identification O >1

 

Not Used 018 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1

 

119 020 CUR Currency O 1

 

122 025 CN1 Contract Information O 1

 

124 030 PO3 Additional Item Detail O 25

 

 

LOOP ID - CTP >1

126 040 CTP Pricing Information O 1

 

Not Used 043 CUR Currency O 1

 

Not Used 045 PAM Period Amount O 10

 

130 049 MEA Measurements O 40

 

 

LOOP ID - PID 1000

135 050 PID Product/Item Description O 1

 

Not Used 060 MEA Measurements O 10

 

137 070 PWK Paperwork O 25

 

141 090 PO4 Item Physical Details O >1

 

144 100 REF Reference Identification O >1

 

148 110 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3

 

 

LOOP ID - SAC 25

151 130 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge 

Information

O 1

 

Not Used 135 CUR Currency O 1

 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

4 

Not Used 137 CTP Pricing Information O 1

 

Not Used 140 IT8 Conditions of Sale O 1

 

157 142 CSH Sales Requirements O >1

 

Not Used 150 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O 2

 

Not Used 160 DIS Discount Detail O 20

 

159 165 INC Installment Information O 1

 

Not Used 170 TAX Tax Reference O >1

 

161 180 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O >1

 

Not Used 190 SDQ Destination Quantity O 500

 

Not Used 200 IT3 Additional Item Data O 5

 

164 210 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10

 

Not Used 235 TC2 Commodity O >1

 

Not Used 240 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 1

 

167 250 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit 

Time)

O 12

 

Not Used 260 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12

 

169 270 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous 

Materials or Both)

O 5

 

170 276 PCT Percent Amounts O >1

 

171 280 MAN Marks and Numbers O 10

 

172 289 MSG Message Text O >1

 

173 290 SPI Specification Identifier O >1

 

175 291 TXI Tax Information O >1

 

Not Used 292 CTB Restrictions/Conditions O >1

 

 

LOOP ID - QTY >1

Not Used 293 QTY Quantity O 1

 

Not Used 294 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1

 

 

LOOP ID - SCH 200

177 295 SCH Line Item Schedule O 1 n3

Not Used 296 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2

 

Not Used 297 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit 

Time)

O 12

 

Not Used 298 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12

 

Not Used 299 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or 

Hazardous Materials, or Both)

O 5

 

Not Used 300 REF Reference Identification O >1

 

 

LOOP ID - PKG 200

180 305 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 1

 

Not Used 310 MEA Measurements O >1

 

182 320 LS Loop Header O 1

 

 

LOOP ID - LDT >1

183 321 LDT Lead Time O 1

 

185 322 QTY Quantity O >1

 

187 323 MSG Message Text O 1

 

188 324 REF Reference Identification O 3

 

 

LOOP ID - LM >1

190 325 LM Code Source Information O 1

 

191 326 LQ Industry Code M >1

 

192 327 LE Loop Trailer O 1

 

 

LOOP ID - N9 1000
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

5 

193 330 N9 Reference Identification O 1

 

Not Used 332 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1

 

Not Used 335 MEA Measurements O 40

 

197 340 MSG Message Text O 1000

 

 

LOOP ID - N1 200

199 350 N1 Name O 1

 

203 360 N2 Additional Name Information O 2

 

204 370 N3 Address Information O 2

 

205 380 N4 Geographic Location O 1

 

206 383 QTY Quantity O >1

 

Not Used 385 NX2 Location ID Component O >1

 

208 390 REF Reference Identification O 12

 

210 400 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3

 

Not Used 405 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1

 

Not Used 406 DTM Date/Time Reference O 1

 

Not Used 410 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1

 

213 415 SCH Line Item Schedule O 200

 

Not Used 420 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2

 

216 430 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit 

Time)

O 12

 

Not Used 440 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12

 

218 450 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous 

Materials or Both)

O 5

 

219 460 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 200

 

 

LOOP ID - LDT >1

221 462 LDT Lead Time O 1

 

223 464 MAN Marks and Numbers O 10

 

224 466 QTY Quantity O 5

 

227 468 MSG Message Text O 1

 

228 469 REF Reference Identification O 3

 

 

LOOP ID - SLN 1000

Not Used 470 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1

 

Not Used 475 MSG Message Text O >1

 

Not Used 480 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1

 

Not Used 490 PID Product/Item Description O 1000

 

Not Used 500 PO3 Additional Item Detail O 104

 

Not Used 505 TC2 Commodity O >1

 

Not Used 513 ADV Advertising Demographic Information O >1

 

Not Used 515 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10

 

Not Used 516 CTP Pricing Information O 25

 

Not Used 517 PAM Period Amount O 10

 

Not Used 518 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1

 

Not Used 519 TAX Tax Reference O 3

 

 

LOOP ID - N9 >1

Not Used 523 N9 Reference Identification O 1

 

Not Used 524 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1

 

Not Used 525 MSG Message Text O >1

 

 

LOOP ID - SAC 25

Not Used 526 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge 

Information

O 1

 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

6 

Not Used 527 CUR Currency O 1

 

Not Used 528 CTP Pricing Information O 1

 

 

LOOP ID - QTY >1

Not Used 529 QTY Quantity O 1

 

Not Used 530 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1

 

 

LOOP ID - N1 10

Not Used 535 N1 Name O 1

 

Not Used 540 N2 Additional Name Information O 2

 

Not Used 550 N3 Address Information O 2

 

Not Used 560 N4 Geographic Location O 1

 

Not Used 570 NX2 Location ID Component O >1

 

Not Used 580 REF Reference Identification O 12

 

Not Used 590 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3

 

Not Used 595 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1

 

 

LOOP ID - AMT >1

230 600 AMT Monetary Amount O 1

 

233 610 REF Reference Identification O 1

 

235 612 PCT Percent Amounts O >1

 

 

LOOP ID - LM >1

236 620 LM Code Source Information O 1

 

237 630 LQ Industry Code M >1

 

Summary:

Page Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and

No. No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

 

LOOP ID - CTT 1

238 010 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 n4

239 020 AMT Monetary Amount O 1 n5

240 030 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1

 

Transaction Set Notes

1. If segment LIN is used, do not use LIN01.

2. PO102 is required.

3. The SCH segment is used to specify various quantities of items ordered that are to be scheduled. When this 

segment is used the unit of measurement code (SCH02) should always be identical to the unit of 

measurement code in the associated PO1 segment (PO103) and the sum of values of quantity (SCH01) should 

always equal the quantity ordered (PO102) in the PO1 segment.

4. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If used, hash total 

(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.

5. If AMT is used in the summary area, then AMT01 will = TT and AMT02 will indicate total transaction 

amount as calculated by the sender.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

7 

Segment: ST Transaction Set Header

Position: 010

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the 

interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 

selects the Invoice Transaction Set).

Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M ID 3/3

Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set

850 Purchase Order

M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9

Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set 

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set

This unique control number is assigned by the originator of the transaction 

set or by the originator's application program. This number is carried in 

SE02.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

8 

Segment: BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order

Position: 020

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Transaction Set and transmit identifying 

numbers and dates

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 BEG05 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order.

Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M BEG01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying purpose of transaction set

Use to identify the purpose of the transaction set.

00 Original

Use to indicate an original award instrument. When 

this code is used, changes to the award instrument can 

be only made with a Purchase Order Change Request -

Buyer Initiated, 860 transaction set.

07 Duplicate

Use to indicate a re-transmission of an original 850 

transaction set.

22 Information Copy

Use to indicate an information copy of an original 

award instrument. This information copy is sent to 

addressees other than the selling party.

24 Draft

Use to indicate a draft award instrument (850 

transaction set) is being sent to the selling party.

47 Transfer

Use this code to transfer an award instrument to 

another organization.

M BEG02 92 Purchase Order Type Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of Purchase Order

Use to identify the type of award instrument represented by this transaction 

set.

BL Bailment

KA Agreement

Use to indicate cooperative agreements and other 

agreements.

KB Blanket Purchase Agreement

KC Contract

KD Basic Agreement

KE Basic Ordering Agreement

KG Grant

KI Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity

KN Purchase Order

KP Authority to Proceed
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

9 

Use to indicate that the award for assistance is a loan.

KQ Indefinite Delivery Definite Quantity

KR Requirements

KS Letter Contract

KT Task Order

LS Lease

Use to indicate a lease agreement as the type of award 

instrument. When an equipment rental is awarded 

pursuant to another type of instrument (purchase 

order, delivery order, contract, etc.), use the 

appropriate listed code in this data element and use 

code ER in BEG10.

RL Release or Delivery Order

Use to indicate a release, call or delivery order against 

existing contracts.

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate that the award for assistance is 

provided through Formula Funds.

M BEG03 324 Purchase Order Number M AN 1/22

Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser

Enter the purchase order number, contract number (including Federal 

Supply Schedules, General Services Administration (GSA) Schedules and all 

other basic contracts), Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) number, Grant, 

Lease or Agreement number. This is always the Procurement Instrument 

Identification Number (PIIN) for the Department of Defense (DOD) or the 

equivalent expression for Civilian Agencies. This is never the number of a 

delivery order, call or release against a basic award instrument. That 

number is carried in BEG04. This number shall be transmitted without 

dashes.

BEG04 328 Release Number O AN 1/30

Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by the 

parties involved in the transaction

Enter the number of a release, call or delivery order against a basic award 

instrument. This is always the Supplemental Procurement Instrument 

Identification Number (SPIIN) for DOD or the equivalent expression for 

Civilian Agencies. This number shall be transmitted without dashes.

M BEG05 373 Date M DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

1. Enter the effective date of the award instrument. If both BEG03 and 

BEG04 contain a number, enter the date of the delivery order, call or release 

identified in BEG04. If BEG04 does not contain a number, enter the date of 

the award instrument identified in BEG03.

2. If the signature date is different from the effective date, the signature date 

may be specified in 1/DTM/150, citing code 467 in DTM01.

BEG06 367 Contract Number O AN 1/30

Contract number

Use to identify the Small Business Administration (SBA) contract number for 

an 8a set-aside. The SBA office issuing this contract is cited in the 1/N1/310 

segment by use of code 9O in N101.

BEG07 587 Acknowledgment Type O ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of acknowledgment

Acknowledgments are made using the Purchase Order Acknowledgment, 855 

transaction set. 

AC Acknowledge - With Detail and Change
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

10 

Use to indicate acknowledgment of this 850 

transaction set is required using the available 

segments in the 855 transaction set and re-transmitting 

the same data in corresponding segments in the 850 

transaction set. Changes are permitted.

AD Acknowledge - With Detail, No Change

Use to indicate acknowledgment of this 850 

transaction set is required using the available 

segments in the 855 transaction set and re-transmitting 

the same data in corresponding segments in the 850 

transaction set without change.

AK Acknowledge - No Detail or Change

Use to indicate acknowledgment of this 850 

transaction set is required using only the mandatory 

segments in the 855 transaction set.

AT Accepted

Use to indicate that acceptance or rejection of this 850 

transaction set is required using only the mandatory 

segments in the 855 transaction set.

Not Used BEG08 1019 Invoice Type Code O ID 3/3

Code defining the method by which invoices are to be processed

Rec BEG09 1166 Contract Type Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying a contract type

Use to identify the type of pricing arrangement applicable to the award 

instrument. If there are line items that have a different pricing arrangement, 

identify the predominant pricing arrangement, based on dollar value, in this 

data element and specify the line item pricing arrangement in the 2/CN1/025 

segment of the 2/PO1/010 loop applicable to that line item. Both BEG09 and 

the 2/CN1/025 segment may be used in this transaction set. 

CA Cost Plus Incentive Fee (With Performance Incentives)

CH Cost Sharing

CS Cost

CW Cost Plus Award Fee

CX Cost Plus Fixed Fee

CY Cost Plus Incentive Fee

FB Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (With Performance 

Incentive)

FC Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (Without Performance 

Incentive)

FD Fixed Price Redetermination

Use to indicate a prospective fixed price 

redetermination award instrument.

FF Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (With 

Performance Incentive)

FG Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (Without 

Performance Incentive)

FH Fixed Price Award Fee

FJ Fixed Price Level of Effort

FK No Cost

FM Retroactive Fixed Price Redetermination

FR Firm Fixed Price

FX Fixed Price with Economic Price Adjustment

LH Labor Hours

TM Time and Materials
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

11 

Rec BEG10 1232 Purchase Category O ID 2/2

Code identifying the broad category of products or services being acquired

Use to identify the category of this award instrument.

AE Architect and Engineering

CN Construction

DR Demolish, Dismantle or Replace

ER Equipment Rental

IR Inspect and Repair as Necessary

MD Modification

OV Overhaul

RD Research and Development

Use also includes traineeships and fellowships.

RE Repair

SB Shipbuilding

SP Supplies

SU Subsistence

SV Services

TE Test and Evaluation

UT Utilities

BEG11 786 Security Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the 

information following

Use to identify the highest Government security classification applicable to 

the information contained within this award instrument. Do not use this 

security classification for information passed external to this transaction set.

92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret

94 Government Top Secret

BEG12 640 Transaction Type Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of transaction

34 Emergency Request

Use to indicate that the award is an emergency action 

requesting expedited processing by the selling party.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

12 

Segment: CUR Currency

Position: 040

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction

Syntax Notes: 1 If CUR08 is present, then CUR07 is required.

2 If CUR09 is present, then CUR07 is required.

3 If CUR10 is present, then at least one of CUR11 or CUR12 is required.

4 If CUR11 is present, then CUR10 is required.

5 If CUR12 is present, then CUR10 is required.

6 If CUR13 is present, then at least one of CUR14 or CUR15 is required.

7 If CUR14 is present, then CUR13 is required.

8 If CUR15 is present, then CUR13 is required.

9 If CUR16 is present, then at least one of CUR17 or CUR18 is required.

10 If CUR17 is present, then CUR16 is required.

11 If CUR18 is present, then CUR16 is required.

12 If CUR19 is present, then at least one of CUR20 or CUR21 is required.

13 If CUR20 is present, then CUR19 is required.

14 If CUR21 is present, then CUR19 is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for examples detailing the use of the CUR segment.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify the foreign currency in which the entire award 

instrument is issued. The default currency is always US dollars. Do not use this 

segment when the entire award instrument is issued in US dollars. When line item 

monetary values vary by currency, identify the currency in the 2/CUR/020 segment if it 

is other than US dollars 

2. When this segment is used to identify the foreign currency in which the entire 

award instrument is issued (CUR01 is code BY), all monetary values in table 1 (header 

level), table 2 (detail level), and table 3 (summary level) shall be stated in the foreign 

currency identified in this segment. (Note: DoD applications always cite US dollars in 

the 1/AMT/287 and 2/AMT/600 segments when AMT01 is code KC).

3. When the 2/CUR/020 segment is used to identify a foreign currency in which line 

item monetary amounts are stated (CUR01 is code BY), monetary values in table 1 

(header level) and table 3 (summary level) shall be stated in US dollars and monetary 

values in table 2 (detail level) shall be stated in the currency identified in the 

2/CUR/020 segment for the applicable line item.

4. When the entire award instrument is issued in a foreign currency, use also to 

identify the exchange rate between US dollars and the foreign currency. 

5. This segment also may be used to identify the foreign currency in which payment is 

to be made (CUR01 or CUR04 is code PR), if the currency is different than the 

currency in which the entire award instrument is issued, when payment for all line 

items is to be made in the same foreign currency.

6. Both this segment and the 2/CUR/020 segment may be present in the transaction set 

under the following conditions: a. When the entire award instrument is issued in a 

foreign currency but line items are to be paid in a different foreign currency, or b. 

When payment for all of the line items is to be made in one foreign currency but 

monetary values for line items are stated in a different foreign currency.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

13 

M CUR01 98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual

BY Buying Party (Purchaser)

Use to indicate the currency identified in CUR02 is the 

currency in which the award instrument is issued.

PR Payer

Use to indicate the currency identified in CUR02 is the 

currency in which payment is authorized and will be 

made.

M CUR02 100 Currency Code M ID 3/3

Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified

Use to identify the currency applicable to the code cited in CUR01.

CUR03 280 Exchange Rate O R 4/10

Value to be used as a multiplier conversion factor to convert monetary value 

from one currency to another

When CUR01 is code BY, use to identify the exchange rate between US 

dollars and the currency in which the award is issued. 

CUR04 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual

PR Payer

Use to indicate the currency identified in CUR05 is the 

currency in which payment is authorized and will be 

made.

CUR05 100 Currency Code O ID 3/3

Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified

Use to identify the currency in which payment is authorized and will be 

made,

Not Used CUR06 669 Currency Market/Exchange Code O ID 3/3

Code identifying the market upon which the currency exchange rate is based

Not Used CUR07 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Not Used CUR08 373 Date O DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used CUR09 337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used CUR10 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Not Used CUR11 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used CUR12 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used CUR13 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Not Used CUR14 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

14 

Not Used CUR15 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used CUR16 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Not Used CUR17 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used CUR18 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used CUR19 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Not Used CUR20 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used CUR21 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

15 

Segment: REF Reference Identification

Position: 050

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify identifying information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify reference numbers that apply to all of the line items. If the 

reference numbers vary by line item, use the 2/REF/100 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

16 Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request (MIPR) 

Number

2E Foreign Military Sales Case Number

Use to indicate a Foreign Military Sale (FMS).

2S Catalog

Use to indicate the Catalog of Federal Domestic 

Assistance. This is where additional information 

regarding the program funding source can be found.

2Y Wage Determination

Use to indicate a Department of Labor Wage 

Determination number. Use if the Wage 

Determination is passed by reference only or to 

identify the Wage Determination passed by some other 

means identified in the PWK segment.

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

If a Statement of Work is part of the award, the PWK 

segment can be used to indicate how the SOW is being 

provided.

97 Package Number

AH Agreement Number

Use to indicate a Union Agreement number.

BL Government Bill of Lading

CR Customer Reference Number

Use to indicate the internal number the contractor 

assigned to the buying party.

DG Drawing Number

DS Defense Priorities Allocation System (DPAS) Priority 

Rating

E4 Charge Card Number

Use to indicate the Government credit card number 

under which payment for this instrument will be 

accomplished.

HF Engineering Data List

IJ Standard Industry Classification (SIC) Code
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

16 

Use to indicate the Standard Industrial Classification 

(SIC) Code applicable to this award instrument.

IL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition (e.g., Military Standard 

Requisitioning and Issue Procedures 

(MILSTRIP)/Defense Logistics Management System 

(DLMS) or Federal Standard Requisitioning and Issue 

Procedures (FEDSTRIP) document number).

IQ End Item

Use to indicate the end item to which the items in the 

award instrument pertains.

IX Item Number

Use to indicate a Federal supply schedule (FSS) 

special item number.

K4 Criticality Designator

Use to indicate the surveillance criticality designator 

applicable to the award instrument.

KS Solicitation

Use to indicate the solicitation number that resulted in 

this award instrument. If applicable, concatenate the 

LAST amendment number with the solicitation 

number.

LT Lot Number

MU Military Specification (MILSPEC) Number

NI Military Standard (MIL-STD) Number

NJ Technical Document Number

NL Technical Order Number

P4 Project Code

Use to indicate the project number applicable to this 

award instrument.

PG Product Group

1. Use to indicate a North American Industrial 

Classification System (NAICS) code. When this code is 

used, the code cited in REF02 can be found at 

http://www.census.gov/epcd/www/naics.html.

2. The NAICS code MUST be 6 digits. If the NAICS 

code is less than 6 digits, add a trailing zero.

PH Priority Rating

Use to indicate the MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP 

priority rating.

PID Program Identification Number

PR Price Quote Number

Use to indicate the contractor's quote or offer number.

QC Product Specification Document Number

RQ Purchase Requisition No.

Use to indicate the Purchase Request (PR) number or 

Purchase Request Order Number (PRON). When 

citing a purchase request number, concatenate its line 

item number with the purchase request number if it is 

necessary to transmit both numbers.

RS Returnable Container Serial Number

S3 Specification Number

Use to indicate a specification number other than a 

Military Specification (MIL-SPEC). When used, cite 

the specification number in REF02 and identify the 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

17 

the specification number in REF02 and identify the 

issuing activity in REF03.

T4 Signal Code

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TN Transaction Reference Number

1. Use to indicate the unique reference number of a 

related transaction set (e.g. an 841 transaction set 

carrying a related technical specification or drawing). 

Each transaction set has a unique number. In the 

case of the 841 transaction set, that number is carried 

in SPI02.

2. When used, cite the related transaction set's unique 

number in REF02 and cite the X12 transaction set 

designator of the related transaction set, e.g., 841, in 

REF03.

TP Test Specification Number

VW Standard

Use to indicate a standard other than a Military 

Standard (MIL-STD). When used, cite the standard 

number in REF02, e.g., ASTM D3951, and, if 

necessary, further identify the standard in REF03.

W2 Weapon System Number

Use to indicate the Weapon System Code.

W8 Suffix

Use to indicate a MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP 

requisition suffix number. This code can be used if 

there is ONLY one occurrence of the REF segment 

with code IL in REF01.

WF Locally Assigned Control Number

WJ Pre-Award Survey

Use this code to indicate the number of a pre-award 

survey.

WL Federal Supply Classification Code

XC Cargo Control Number

Use to indicate a tracking number for bulk fuel being 

sent by a tanker vessel.

XE Transportation Priority Number

XY Other Unlisted Type of Reference Number

Use to indicate another type of reference number. 

When used, identify the nature of the number in 

REF03.

REF02 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

If a document has a revision or extension, the document number and the 

revision or extension number should be concatenated and cited in this data 

element.

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use to carry additional information related to a reference number cited in 

REF02.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set. 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

18 

Not Used REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

Not Used C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

19 

Segment: FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions

Position: 080

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment

Syntax Notes: 1 If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required.

2 If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required.

3 If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required.

4 If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 FOB01 indicates which party will pay the carrier.

2 FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location.

3 FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location.

4 FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may 

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07.

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this segment if the FOB point and the acceptance location apply to all of the 

line items. When the FOB point and/or acceptance location varies by line item, use the 

2/FOB/180 segment.

2. If the FOB point varies by delivery zone or destinations within a delivery zone, use 

the 1/N1/310 loop citing code DZ in N101, identify the delivery zone in N103/04 citing 

code ZN in N103 and identify the FOB point in N405/406.

3. This segment is not used when the award instrument is for construction or a service 

without deliverables.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M FOB01 146 Shipment Method of Payment M ID 2/2

Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges

BP Paid by Buyer

Use to indicate a Government Bill of Lading (GBL) 

will be issued.

PE Prepaid and Summary Bill

Use when transportation charges are to be prepaid by 

the seller, are not included in the unit price, and are to 

be invoiced periodically.

PP Prepaid (by Seller)

Use to indicate that transportation charges are not 

included in the unit price but are prepaid and are to be 

added as a separate item on this instrument's invoice.

PS Paid by Seller

Use to indicate transportation charges are included in 

the unit price.

FOB02 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

Use to identify the FOB point.

DE Destination (Shipping)

FV Free Alongside Vessel (Free On Board [F.O.B.] Point)

IT Intermediate FOB Point

Use to indicate the FOB point is a freight forwarder. 

Provide the address in the N1 loop, citing code IF in 

N101.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

20 

N101.

KE Port of Embarkation

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is an overseas port 

of embarkation, either aerial or water, for delivery of 

Government furnished completed end items. Provide 

the address in the N1 loop, citing code KX in N101.

KL Port of Loading

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is a port of loading. 

Provide the address in the N1 loop, citing code KX in 

N101.

KP Government Furnished Property FOB Point

Use to indicate that the FOB point is for delivery of 

Government Furnished Property. Provide the address 

in the N1 loop, citing code 7H in N101.

OA Origin (After Loading on Equipment)

Use to indicate FOB Origin with transportation 

charges prepaid by the seller and added as a separate 

item to the invoice. See FAR clause 52.247-32.

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

TM Terminal

1. Use to indicate that the FOB point for delivery 

outside the continental United States is located at a 

transportation terminal and not at origin or 

destination. FAR clauses 52.247-38, 52.247-39, or a 

similar FAR clause may apply.

2. When used, identify the FOB point in FOB03.

W Worldwide Geographic Location Code

Use to indicate the FOB point for deliveries within the 

continental United States is destination and the FOB 

point for deliveries outside the continental United 

States is origin.

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate an Other FOB point, i.e., neither at 

origin nor at destination. Provide the address in the N1 

loop, citing code KX in N101.

FOB03 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

When FOB02 is code TM, use to identify the location of the FOB point. Cite 

the 5 position United Nations code for ports and other locations 

(UN/LOCODE) in accordance with the United Nations Location Code 

Manual.

Not Used FOB04 334 Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the transportation terms

Not Used FOB05 335 Transportation Terms Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation 

responsibility

FOB06 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

1. Use to identify the acceptance point. This code also identifies the 

inspection location when it is the same as the acceptance point.

2. When the inspection point differs, use the 1/LM/430 loop to identify the 

inspection point by coded means (Destination or Source). The 1/N1/310 

loop, citing code L1 in N101, may be used to identify the inspection location 

in N103/N104 or in N1-N4 as a full address.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

21 

DE Destination (Shipping)

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

ZZ Mutually Defined

1. Use to indicate the acceptance point is neither at 

origin nor at destination. When both the acceptance 

and inspection points are the same location but neither 

origin nor destination, use the 1/N1/310 loop, citing 

code 7M in N101.

2. When both the acceptance and inspection points 

are at different locations but neither are origin nor 

destination, use the 1/N1/310 loop to provide the 

acceptance point address, citing code KZ in N101 and 

the inspection point in another iteration of the N1 

loop, citing code L1 in N101.

Not Used FOB07 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Not Used FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes

Not Used FOB09 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

22 

Segment: CSH Sales Requirements

Position: 110

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5

Purpose: To specify general conditions or requirements of the sale

Syntax Notes: 1 If CSH02 is present, then CSH03 is required.

2 If either CSH06 or CSH07 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either CSH09 or CSH10 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 CSH03 is the maximum monetary amount value which the order must not exceed.

2 CSH04 is the account number to which the purchase amount is charged.

3 CSH05 is the date specified by the sender to be shown on the invoice.

4 CSH06 identifies the source of the code value in CSH07.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to specify requirements that apply to all of the line items. When 

requirements vary by line item, use the 2/CSH/142 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

CSH01 563 Sales Requirement Code O ID 1/2

Code to identify a specific requirement or agreement of sale

P2 Ship As Soon As Possible

Use only with DTM01 code 996.

P4 Do Not Preship

Use only when DTM01 is code 064 or 106, or when 

LDT01 is code AY.

SC Ship Complete

Use to indicate partial shipments will not be accepted.

SI Ship In-Place

CSH02 306 Action Code O ID 1/2

Code indicating type of action

B Cancel Balance of Order/Item that Exceeds Value 

Specified in Data Element 610

G Cancel Entire Order/Item

CSH03 610 Amount X N2 1/15

Monetary amount

1. Use to identify a maximum total order amount, that if a contractor would 

exceed, shall result in the entire order or balance of the order that exceeds 

the maximum amount not being filled.

2. When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 segment cites code BY, the monetary 

amount identified in this data element is expressed in the foreign currency 

identified in CUR02 of the 1/CUR/040 segment. In all other instances, the 

monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

Not Used CSH04 508 Account Number O AN 1/35

Account number assigned

Not Used CSH05 373 Date O DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

CSH06 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

AX ANSI Accredited Standards Committee, X12
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

23 

CSH07 560 Special Services Code X ID 2/10

Code identifying the special service

Use to identify a special delivery condition.

NC Notify Consignee Before Delivery

Use to indicate that the consignee or other shipping 

contact must be notified in order to schedule a 

shipment. When used, provide the contact 

communication number in the 1/PER/360 segment 

citing code NT, for the shipping instructions contact, 

or RE, for the shipment scheduling contact, in PER01.

Not Used CSH08 566 Product/Service Substitution Code O ID 1/2

Code indicating product or service substitution conditions

Not Used CSH09 954 Percent X R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

Not Used CSH10 1004 Percent Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code to qualify percent
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

24 

Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information

Position: 120

Loop: SAC Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount 

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required.

2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required.

5 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required.

6 If SAC13 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required.

7 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required.

8 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.

2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

 If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence.

3 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit.

4 SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is 

different from the purchase order or invoice quantity.

 SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar 

amount, that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

5 SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference 

number as identified by the code used.

6 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more 

than one option of the promotion.

7 SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15.

Comments: 1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or 

charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction to further the code in SAC02.

2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the 

actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on 

to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to as "Dollar Basis 

Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC10 using the qualifier "DO" -

Dollars in SAC09.

Notes: Use this segment to identify services, allowances, discounts, or charges and if 

applicable, quantities applicable to all of the line items. If the services, allowances, 

discounts, or charges vary by line item, use the 2/SAC/130 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M ID 1/1

Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified

A Allowance

Use to indicate an allowance or discount.

C Charge

N No Allowance or Charge

Use to indicate there is no charge for the specified 

service.

SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X ID 4/4

Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Any code may be used. The following is a list of preferred codes:

A310 Air Express Charge
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

25 

A320 Air Transportation Charge

A480 Assembly

B180 Cleaning Charge

B870 Customs Charge

B940 Cutting Charge

C000 Defective Allowance

C240 Disconnect Charge

C260 Discount - Incentive

Use to indicate that the contractor offers a discount when payment is made 

using the government credit card. Identify the discount as a total monetary 

value in SAC05, or as a percent in SAC06/07, or as a monetary rate in 

SAC08.

C300 Discount - Special

Use to indicate an incremental quantity discount. An incremental quantity 

discount applies only to the quantity units within its specified range. 

Successive incremental discounts are applied against a total order quantity. 

For example, if different discounts are given for quantities, 1 - 10, 11 - 20, 21 

- 30, etc., use of this code implies that for a quantity of 25, the first discount 

applies to the first 10 units, the second discount applies to the next 10 units 

and the third discount applies to the last 5 units. Identify the percentage 

discount in SAC06/07 (citing code 5 in SAC06) or a monetary value discount 

in SAC08. Identify the quantity range in SAC10/11. This is contrast to the 

F910 step ladder discount that applies a single discount to the total line item 

quantity.

C310 Discount

Use to indicate a general discount not related to a quantity or purchase 

amount. Identify the percentage discount in SAC06/07 or a monetary value 

discount in SAC08. This general discount may be used in combination with 

C300 or F910. Do not include any general discount within the C300 or F910 

discount considerations.

C330 Distribution Fee

C370 Diversion Charge

C580 Emergency Service

C590 Emergency Surcharge

C880 Expediting Premium

D170 Free Goods

Use to indicate a quantity provided at no cost if a specified quantity or 

monetary value is purchased, e.g., buy $100.00 and get 1 free; or buy 10, get 

1 free. When a monetary value is used, identify the "buy" monetary amount 

in SAC05. When a specified quantity is used, identify the "free" quantity in 

SAC10 and the "buy" quantity in SAC11.

D290 Full Truckload Allowance

D340 Goods and Services Charge

D440 Groupage Discount

Use to indicate a discount applicable to a line item total purchase amount 

meeting or exceeding a specified threshold or range. Identify the percentage 

discount in SAC06/07 (citing code 2 in SAC06) or the monetary value 

discount in SAC08. When a threshold is used, specify the threshold SAC10. 

When a range is used, specify the range in SAC10/11.

D500 Handling

D530 Hazardous Cargo Charge

D660 Hook-up Charge

D820 Inside Delivery

D870 Inspection
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

26 

D890 Installation and Training

D900 Installation

E340 Less Than Truckload (LTL) Charge

Use to indicate a charge for less than a full carload or truckload.

E400 Loading (Labor Charges)

E930 One-Day Service

F150 Packaging Service

F460 Postage

F560 Premium Transportation

F830 Proof of Delivery

Use to indicate a charge for preparation of a DD Form 250.

F910 Quantity Discount

Use to indicate a step ladder discount applicable to a quantity range. The 

discount specified for the quantity range containing the total line item 

quantity is the discount to be applied to the unit price. Identify the percentage 

discount in SAC06/07 (citing code 5 in SAC06) or a monetary value discount 

in SAC08. Identify the quantity range in SAC10/11. This is contrast to the 

C300 incremental discount that applies to that portion of the total line item 

quantity within each increment.

G030 Reconnect Charge

G350 Rents and Leases

G470 Restocking Charge

G530 Rework

G580 Royalties

G600 Same-Day Service

G610 Saturday Delivery

G660 Scrap Allowance

G740 Service Charge

Use to indicate a basic charge for a service call. If the charge varies by 

distance, e.g., a set price within a 25 mile range, another price within a 50 

mile range, etc. use SAC09/10/11 to provide that information.

G760 Set-up

G870 Shrink Wrap Charge

H000 Special Allowance

H110 Special Packaging

H170 Special Tooling Charge

H430 Storage

H540 Supplemental Items

Use to indicate Contractor Acquired Parts (CAP)

H550 Surcharge

H680 Tax - Governmental

H700 Tax - Local Tax

H770 Tax - State Tax

H850 Tax

H990 Testing Services Charge

I260 Transportation Direct Billing

I330 Two-Day Service

I380 Unloading (Labor Charges)

I530 Volume Discount

Use to indicate a discount applicable to a total order quantity or total order 

purchase amount meeting or exceeding a specified threshold or range. 

Identify the percentage discount in SAC06/07 (citing code 6 in SAC06) or the 

monetary value discount in SAC08. When a threshold is used, specify the 

threshold SAC10. When a range is used, specify the range in SAC10/11.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

27 

 

I590 Warranties

ZZZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate a training charge.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Not Used SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X AN 1/10

Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or 

charge

SAC05 610 Amount O N2 1/15

Monetary amount

1. When SAC02 is code D170, identify the "buy" monetary value to obtain 

free goods, if applicable. For all other SAC02 codes, see semantic note 2.

2. When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 segment cites code BY, the monetary 

amount identified in this data element is expressed in the foreign currency 

identified in CUR02 of the 1/CUR/040 segment. In all other instances, the 

monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

SAC06 378 Allowance/Charge Percent Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated

2 Item Net Cost

Use to indicate a percentage applied to the Line Item 

total amount.

5 Base Price per Unit

Use to indicate a percentage applied to the Line Item 

unit price.

6 Base Price Amount

Use to indicate a percentage applied to the total order 

purchase amount.

SAC07 332 Percent X R 1/6

Percent expressed as a percent

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3.

SAC08 118 Rate O R 1/9

Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency 

specified

1. See semantic note 3.

2. When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 segment cites code BY, the monetary 

amount identified in this data element is expressed in the foreign currency 

identified in CUR02 of the 1/CUR/040 segment. In all other instances, the 

monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. When code M4 is cited and CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 segment cites code 

BY, the monetary amount in SAC10 shall be stated as the currency identified 

in CUR02.

3. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

SAC10 380 Quantity X R 1/15
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

28 

Numeric value of quantity

1. When SAC02 is code C300, use to identify the lower end of a quantity 

range that results in an incremental quantity discount.

2. When SAC02 is code D170, use to identify the "free" quantity.

3. When SAC02 is code D440, use to identify the line item total purchase 

amount that results in a discount, if applicable.

4. When SAC02 is code F910, use to identify the lower end of a quantity 

range that results in a step ladder discount.

5. When SAC02 is code G740, use to identify the distance applicable to a 

service charge, if appropriate.

6. When SAC02 is code I530, use to identify the total order quantity or total 

order purchase amount that results in a discount, if applicable.

7. When SAC02 is any other code, use to identify the quantity to which the 

charge, allowance, or discount applies. In most instances this quantity will 

be 1, but if a greater quantity applies, cite that quantity. 

SAC11 380 Quantity O R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

1. Use only if SAC10 is used. SAC10/11 are used together to identify a 

range except when SAC02 is code D170.

2. When SAC02 is code C300, or F910, use to identify the upper end of the 

quantity range associated with SAC10.

3. When SAC02 is code D170, use to identify the "buy" quantity, if 

applicable.

4. When SAC02 is any other code, use to identify the upper end of a quantity 

range to which the charge, allowance, or discount applies. 

Not Used SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge

SAC13 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

1. If the discount, allowance, charge, or no charge service applies to a 

specific delivery zone, identify the zone in this data element. The delivery 

zones and locations within each zone are identified in the 1/N1/310 loop.

2. To comply with X12 syntax, if SAC14 contains data that is not applicable 

to a specific delivery zone, cite the word "ALL" in this data element.

SAC14 770 Option Number O AN 1/20

A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when 

more than one is offered

When SAC02 is code C300, D440, or F910, and the discount can be earned 

by combining quantities or purchase amounts from line items in a discount 

group, use this data element to identify the discount group, e.g., DG-A.

Not Rec. SAC15 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use, if necessary, to provide text information related to the information 

provided within this segment.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set. 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

29 

some other means within the transaction set. 

Not Used SAC16 819 Language Code O ID 2/3

Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list 

maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639)
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

30 

Segment: ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale

Position: 130

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify terms of sale

Syntax Notes: 1 If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required.

2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required.

3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD10 or ITD11 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 ITD15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment 

charge.

Comments: 1 If the code in ITD01 is "04", then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD10 or 

ITD11 is required; if the code in ITD01 is "05", then ITD06 or ITD07 is required.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify payment discount information. 

2. Payment method was provided at the time of registration. Changes to that data must 

be made by submitting a registration data change using the 838 transaction set.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

ITD01 336 Terms Type Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying type of payment terms

09 Proximo

Not Used ITD02 333 Terms Basis Date Code O ID 1/2

Code identifying the beginning of the terms period

ITD03 338 Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6

Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if 

an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 .

Not Used ITD04 370 Terms Discount Due Date X DT 8/8

Date payment is due if discount is to be earned expressed in format 

CCYYMMDD

ITD05 351 Terms Discount Days Due X N0 1/3

Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms 

discount is earned

Not Used ITD06 446 Terms Net Due Date O DT 8/8

Date when total invoice amount becomes due expressed in format 

CCYYMMDD

ITD07 386 Terms Net Days O N0 1/3

Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable)

Not Used ITD08 362 Terms Discount Amount O N2 1/10

Total amount of terms discount

Not Used ITD09 388 Terms Deferred Due Date O DT 8/8

Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due expressed in format 

CCYYMMDD

Not Used ITD10 389 Deferred Amount Due X N2 1/10

Deferred amount due for payment

Not Used ITD11 342 Percent of Invoice Payable X R 1/5

Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent

Not Used ITD12 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

31 

Not Used ITD13 765 Day of Month X N0 1/2

The numeric value of the day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of 

the month being referenced

Not Used ITD14 107 Payment Method Code O ID 1/2

Code identifying type of payment procedures

Not Used ITD15 954 Percent O R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

32 

Segment: INC Installment Information

Position: 145

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify installment billing arrangement

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 INC02 is the installment period (e.g., months).

2 INC03 is the total number of installments.

3 INC04 is the number of the current installment.

4 INC05 is the installment balance after the current installment is applied.

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify that recurring payments are authorized to be made by 

the paying office for all of the line item, and to identify the frequency of the payments, 

the maximum number of payments and the amount of the recurring payment. If the 

recurring payments vary by line item, use the 2/INC/165 segment.

2. When this segment is used, at least two iterations of the 1/DTM/150 segment are 

REQUIRED with DTM01 citing codes 193 and 194.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M INC01 336 Terms Type Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying type of payment terms

04 Deferred or Installment

Use this code to indicate that recurring payments are 

authorized.

M INC02 C001 Composite Unit of Measure M

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples 

of use)

Use to specify the frequency of the recurring payments.

M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

MO Months

Q1 Quarter (Time)

YR Years

Not Used C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

33 

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

M INC03 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Use this data element to specify the maximum number of recurring 

payments.

M INC04 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Due to the mandatory nature of this data element, always cite the number 1. 

The receiving application should disregard the data in this data element.

INC05 782 Monetary Amount O R 1/18

Monetary amount

1. Use this data element to specify the amount of the recurring payment. 

2. The amount shall be the same for each recurring payment but may be 

prorated based on a shorter period for any recurring payment. The prorated 

amounts shall be based on the period start/period end dates specified in the 

1/DTM/150 segment when DTM01 cites codes 193/194.

3. When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 segment cites code BY, the monetary 

amount identified in this data element is expressed in the foreign currency 

identified in CUR02 of the 1/CUR/040 segment. In all other instances, the 

monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

34 

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference

Position: 150

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10

Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required.

2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required.

3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify dates that apply to all of the line items. When the dates 

vary by line item, use the 2/DTM/210 segment.

2. This segment can be used to provide a delivery date when it is expressed as an actual 

date. If the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period after the occurrence of 

some event, use the 1/LDT/160 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

002 Delivery Requested

Use when the delivery date of the order does not 

conform to the basic Indefinite Delivery Contract 

(IDC) instrument.

007 Effective

Use with code RD8 in DTM05 to indicate the ordering 

period of an Agreement or an IDC award instrument 

per FAR clause 52.216-18. Specify the date range in 

DTM06.

017 Estimated Delivery

063 Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a 

specified date and/or time.

064 Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a 

specified date and/or time.

077 Requested for Delivery (Week of)

When this code is used cite the beginning day of the 

week.

093 Contract Expiration

Use to indicate the expiration date for an award 

instrument.

106 Required By

Use to indicate delivery is due exactly on the date 

specified.

174 Month Ending

Use to indicate delivery is required within the specified 

month. In DTM02, identify the month and cite the last 

calendar day of the month.

193 Period Start

1. Use to indicate the start of a period of performance 

or lease.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

35 

or lease.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 194 in DTM01.

194 Period End

1. Use to indicate the end of a period of performance 

or lease.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 193 in DTM01.

277 Contract Definition

Use this code to indicate the date the Undefinitized 

Contract Action will be definitized.

283 Funds Appropriation - Start

1. Use this code to indicate the start of a funding 

period, e.g., for a grant.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 284 in DTM01.

284 Funds Appropriation - End

1. Use this code to indicate the end of a funding 

period, e.g., for a grant.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 283 in DTM01.

368 Submittal

When REF01 is code TN, use to indicate the date of a 

related transaction set.

375 Delivery Start

1. Use to indicate the start date/time for deliveries 

when the total quantity is to be delivered during a 

specified period.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 376 in DTM01.

376 Delivery End

1. Use to indicate the end date/time when the total 

quantity is to be delivered during a specified period.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 375 in DTM01.

467 Signature

Use to indicate the date that the award instrument was 

signed if different from the effective date specified in 

BEG05.

937 Department of Labor Wage Determination Date

Use to indicate the date of a Department of Labor 

Wage Determination. If revisions or modifications are 

applicable to a Wage Determination, cite the date of 

the most recent revision or modification in DTM02.

994 Quote

When REF01 is code PR, use to indicate the date of 

the quote or offer.

996 Required Delivery

Use to indicate delivery is due on or before the 

specified date.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

36 

DTM02 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

DTM03 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, if applicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the 

HHMM format.

DTM04 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards 

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication 

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a 

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

Use only when DTM03 is used to express a time.

CT Central Time

ET Eastern Time

GM Greenwich Mean Time

LT Local Time

MT Mountain Time

PT Pacific Time

DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format

Use to qualify the format for a range of dates or times.

RD8 Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDCCYYMMDD

RTM Range of Time Expressed in Format HHMM-HHMM

DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times

When used to identify a time range for deliveries on a specified date, use code 

RTM in DTM06 to qualify a delivery time range, e.g., for March 30, 1994 

between 1:00 PM and 4:00 PM local time. Use DTM01/02 to convey the 

March 30, 1994 date.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

37 

Segment: LDT Lead Time

Position: 160

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12

Purpose: To specify lead time for availability of products and services

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

Comments: 1 LDT02 is the quantity of unit of time periods.

Notes: Use this segment to identify lead times that apply to the receipt of a performance or 

payment bond and to identify a delivery lead time for all the items in an award 

instrument. When the delivery lead time varies by line item, use the 2/LDT/321 

segment. 

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LDT01 345 Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range

AD From date of sample approval to first product shipment

AE From date of PO receipt to shipment

Use to indicate the delivery lead time for all line items 

in a basic award instrument against which delivery 

orders will be placed when such instruments do not 

specify the lead time by line item. 

AF From date of PO receipt to delivery

Use to indicate the delivery lead time for all line items 

in a basic award instrument against which delivery 

orders will be placed when such instruments do not 

specify the lead time by line item. 

AR From Date of Award to Government Receipt of Bond

AV From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

Use to indicate the delivery lead time for all line items 

in a basic award instrument against which delivery 

orders will be placed when such instruments do not 

specify the lead time by line item. 

AW From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Delivery

Use to indicate the delivery lead time for all line items 

in a basic award instrument against which delivery 

orders will be placed when such instruments do not 

specify the lead time by line item. 

AX From Date of Award to Date of Completion

Use to indicate the completion date, e.g., for a level of 

effort. 

AY From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

Use to indicate the delivery lead time for all line items 

in a basic award instrument against which delivery 

orders will be placed when such instruments do not 

specify the lead time by line item. 

AZ From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of Item

Use this code to indicate the lead time for the approval 

of an item or the acceptance of an item if different 

than specified in the Prompt Payment Act.

BC From Date of Award to Commencement of Performance
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

38 

Use in construction contracts to indicate a lead time 

from the date of a Notice to Proceed to the date of the 

commencement of performance.

BE From Date of Option Exercise to Date of Completion

Use in construction contracts to indicate a lead time 

from the date of a Notice to Proceed to the date of 

completion.

M LDT02 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

M LDT03 344 Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval

CY Calendar Year

DA Calendar Days

DW Work Days

KK Maximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate a flexible time period, e.g., X number 

of days or less.

MO Month

QY Quarter of a Year

SA Semiannual

WK Weeks

Not Used LDT04 373 Date O DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

39 

Segment: PID Product/Item Description

Position: 190

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 200

Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format

Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required.

2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required.

3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required.

4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required.

5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to.

2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes.

3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A 

"Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does 

not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05.

Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then PID04 is used. If 

PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.

2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in 

the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to provide an overall description that applies to all line items or the 

title of a grant. When descriptions vary by line item, transmit a general description in 

this segment and use the 2/PID/050 segment to transmit the varying descriptions.

2. Use is discouraged. Whenever possible, items should be described by successive 

iterations of 235/234 pairs in the 2/PO1/010 segment or by reference number. Use 

codified data whenever possible.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PID01 349 Item Description Type M ID 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

PID02 750 Product/Process Characteristic Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic

Use any code.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Use any code other than code ZZ.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PID04 751 Product Description Code X AN 1/12

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product 

characteristic

PID05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

40 

Not Used PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described

Not Used PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

Not Used PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response

Not Used PID09 819 Language Code O ID 2/3

Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list 

maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639)
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

41 

Segment: MEA Measurements

Position: 200

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 40

Purpose: To specify physical measurements or counts, including dimensions, tolerances, variances, 

and weights (See Figures Appendix for example of use of C001)

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of MEA03 MEA05 MEA06 or MEA08 is required.

2 If MEA05 is present, then MEA04 is required.

3 If MEA06 is present, then MEA04 is required.

4 If MEA07 is present, then at least one of MEA03 MEA05 or MEA06 is required.

5 Only one of MEA08 or MEA03 may be present.

Semantic Notes: 1 MEA04 defines the unit of measure for MEA03, MEA05, and MEA06.

Comments: 1 When citing dimensional tolerances, any measurement requiring a sign (+ or -), or 

any measurement where a positive (+) value cannot be assumed, use MEA05 as the 

negative (-) value and MEA06 as the positive (+) value.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to provide measurement information that applies to all of the line 

items. If information varies by line item, use the 2/MEA/049 segment.

2. This segment can be used to specify the variations in quantity permitted; warranty 

periods; and for a basic type award instrument, e.g., a requirements, a BPA, an 

indefinite quantity type award instrument, etc., the minimum/maximum quantity per 

order, the maximum that may be ordered during a specified time period, the minimum 

and maximum obligations of the government and contractor.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

MEA01 737 Measurement Reference ID Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the broad category to which a measurement applies

Use any code.

BT Batch Limits

When BEG02 is code KB, KD, KE, KI, KQ, or KR, use to indicate the 

minimum and maximum limits of the Government's obligation to order 

either in terms of dollars or quantity under a basic type award instrument. 

When BEG02 is code KT or RL, use to indicate the minimum and maximum 

limits of the Government's obligation to order either in terms of dollars or 

quantity under the specific Task Order or Delivery Order. Use MEA04-

C00101 to identify the unit of measure (dollars, each, etc.) and use 

MEA05/06 to specify the minimum and maximum.

LT Lot Limits 

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits of the contractor's 

obligation either in terms of dollars or quantity to deliver under a basic type 

award instrument. Do not use for a purchase order or a delivery order. Use 

MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit of measure (dollars, each, etc.) and use 

MEA05/06 to specify the minimum and maximum.

OL Order Limits

Use to indicate the maximum the Government may order from a basic type 

procurement instrument in a specified time period. Do not use for a purchase 

order or a delivery order. Use MEA03 to identify the quantity, MEA04-

C00101 to identify the unit of measure, and MEA04-C00104 to identify the 

time period.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

42 

PM Permitted

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum quantity or dollars permitted per 

order against a basic type award instrument. Use MEA04-C00101 to identify 

the unit of measure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify the 

minimum and maximum.

QV Quantity Variation. 

Use to indicate variations in quantity that are permitted. When the quantity 

variation is expressed as a discrete quantity, cite in MEA04-01, the same 

code cited in PO103 of all of the 1/PO1/010 loops to which the quantity 

variation applies, e.g., EA, LB, etc., and specify the quantity under and/or 

over in MEA05/06. If the quantity variation is expressed as a percent, cite 

code P1 in MEA04-01.

RS Response Time

Use to indicate the number of days within which the contractor must reject 

an order exceeding the maximum order limitations per FAR clause 52.216-

19.

WR Warranty

Use to indicate a warranty period.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

MEA02 738 Measurement Qualifier O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific product or process characteristic to which a 

measurement applies

Use any code.

MX Maximum 

When MEA01 is code OL, use to indicate the maximum amount that can be 

ordered in a specified time period.

RY Ratio

When BEG09 is code CA, CH, CY, FB, FC, FF, or FG, use to indicate the 

Government and contractor share ratio. Identify the Government share in 

MEA05 and the contractor share in MEA06.

TT Time 

Use to indicate the length of a warranty period. Specify the length of time in 

MEA03 and the time period in MEA04-C00101.

ZZZ Mutually defined

Use this code to indicate minimum guarantee award quantity percentage, 

minimum guarantee award quantity/amount, maximum ceiling award 

quantity/amount, and minimum guarantee award amount percentage. 

When this code is used to specify minimum guarantee award quantity or 

maximum ceiling award quantity, cite code EA in MEA04-01, the minimum 

quantity in MEA05 or the maximum quantity in MEA06. To specify 

minimum guarantee award amount or maximum ceiling award amount, cite 

code DO in MEA04-01, the minimum amount in MEA05 or the maximum 

amount in MEA06. To specify minimum guarantee award amount 

percentage, cite code DO in MEA04-01, code P1 in MEA04-04, and the 

minimum amount percentage in MEA05. To specify minimum guarantee 

award quantity percentage, cite code EA in MEA04-01, code P1 in MEA04-

04, and the minimum quantity percentage in MEA05.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

MEA03 739 Measurement Value X R 1/20

The value of the measurement
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

43 

MEA04 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples 

of use)

1. This composite unit of measure can be used to indicate the maximum that 

may be ordered during a specified period of time under a basic type award 

instrument and to specify the minimum guaranteed award amount/quantity 

percentage. 

2. For example: If the maximum that can be ordered per quarter is 10,000 

each, then MEA01 would cite code OL, MEA02 would cite MX, MEA03 

would cite 10,000, MEA04-C00101 would cite EA, and MEA04-4 would cite 

Q1.

3. To specify the minimum guarantee award amount/quantity percentage, 

cite code ZZZ in MEA02, either code DO or EA in MEA04-01 and code P1 

in MEA04-04.

M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. When MEA01 is code QV, The code cited in MEA04-01 MUST be code P1 

or the same code cited in PO103 of all PO1 loops to which the quantity 

variation applies.

3. Use code M4 to indicate the foreign currency identified in the 1/CUR/040 

segment when CUR01 cites code BY.

4. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to Accredited Standards Committee (ASC) X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

44 

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

MEA05 740 Range Minimum X R 1/20

The value specifying the minimum of the measurement range

1. When MEA01 is code QV, use to specify the variation in quantity under.

2. When MEA01 is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the minimum amount 

or quantity.

3. When MEA02 is RY, use to specify the Government share.

4. When MEA02 is code ZZZ, MEA04-01 is code EA and MEA04-04 is code 

P1, use to specify the minimum guarantee award quantity percentage.

5. When MEA02 is code ZZZ and MEA04-01 is code EA, use to specify the 

minimum guarantee award quantity.

6. When MEA02 is code ZZZ, MEA04-01 is code DO and MEA04-04 is code 

P1, use to specify the minimum guarantee award amount percentage.

7. When MEA02 is code ZZZ and MEA04-01 is code DO, use to specify the 

minimum guarantee award amount.

8. Percents will be cited as follows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be 

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

MEA06 741 Range Maximum X R 1/20

The value specifying the maximum of the measurement range

1. When MEA01 is code QV, use to specify the variation in quantity over.

2. When MEA01 is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the maximum amount 

or quantity.

3. When MEA02 is RY, use to specify the contractor share.

4. When MEA02 is code ZZZ and MEA04-01 is code EA, use to specify the 

maximum ceiling award quantity.

5. When MEA02 is code ZZZ and MEA04-01 is code DO, use to specify the 

maximum ceiling award amount.

6. Percents will be cited as follows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be 

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

Not Used MEA07 935 Measurement Significance Code O ID 2/2

Code used to benchmark, qualify or further define a measurement value
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

45 

Not Used MEA08 936 Measurement Attribute Code X ID 2/2

Code used to express an attribute response when a numeric measurement value 

cannot be determined

Not Used MEA09 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described

Not Used MEA10 1373 Measurement Method or Device O ID 2/4

The method or device used to record the measurement
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

46 

Segment: PWK Paperwork

Position: 210

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 25

Purpose: To identify the type or transmission or both of paperwork or supporting information

Syntax Notes: 1 If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 PWK05 and PWK06 may be used to identify the addressee by a code number.

2 PWK07 may be used to indicate special information to be shown on the specified 

report.

3 PWK08 may be used to indicate action pertaining to a report.

Notes: 1. Use this segment when the paperwork information applies to all of the line items. 

Use the 2/PWK/070 segment if the information varies by line item.

2. Use this segment to identify paperwork required to pass between the buyer and seller 

and how that paperwork is to be transmitted.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PWK01 755 Report Type Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item

Use to identify the type of paperwork that is being provided to or must be 

provided by the contractor.

25 Purchase Plan

Use to indicate a make or buy plan.

27 Contract Delivery Schedule

Use to indicate a General Services Administration 

Form 1611 or similar document. When used, code 7P 

should be cited in PWK04.

35 Subcontractor Plan

AE Attachment

Use to indicate some additional document, e.g., list of 

Government furnished property, related to this award 

instrument is being sent by means other than within 

the transaction set. Specify the nature of the document 

in PWK07.

BA Budget

Use to indicate a Grant financial report.

C1 Cost Data Summary

Use to indicate non-certified cost and price data.

C5 Certified Cost and Price Data

C6 Wage Determination

When used identify the Wage Determination number 

in the 1/REF/050 segment using code 2Y in REF01.

CP Certificate of Compliance (Material Certification)

Use to indicate a Certificate of Conformance. When 

used, PWK04 should cite code PC.

CX Cost/Schedule Status Report (C/SSR)

CY Contract Funds Status Report (CFSR)

DW Drawing(s)

EL Eligibility
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

47 

Use to indicate a Grant disclosure report.

F1 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 1

F2 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 2

F3 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 3

F4 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 4

F5 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 5

IT Certified Inspection and Test Results

KF Support Documents

Use to indicate Grant supporting technical 

documentation.

MR Material Inspection and Receiving Report

MS Material Safety Data Sheet

PD Proof of Delivery

PJ Purchasing Specification

Use to indicate a Statement of Work (SOW).

PM Proof of Insurance

PP Proposal

RD Payment Bond

When used, identify the amount of the bond in the 

1/AMT/287 segment citing code B0 in AMT01

RE Performance Bond

When used, identify the amount of the bond in the 

1/AMT/287 segment citing code 9E in AMT01.

SF Contract Security Classification Specification

Use to indicate that additional information relative to 

the Contract Security Classification Specification 

transmitted in this transaction set will be provided.

SN Shipping Notice

SP Specification

US "BUY AMERICA" Certification of Compliance

WP Work Progress

Use to indicate a Grant progress report.

PWK02 756 Report Transmission Code O ID 1/2

Code defining timing, transmission method or format by which reports are to 

be sent

BM By Mail

Use to indicate transmittal via the United States Postal 

Service (USPS).

CF Courier

Use to indicate transmittal via a commercial express 

courier, e.g., Federal Express Service.

DA Data

Use to indicate other forms of electronic transfer. 

When used, identify the other form in PWK07.

EL Electronically Only

Use to indicate that data was sent by a separate 

Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) transaction set. 

When used, identify the unique number of the 

transaction set in REF02 of the 1/REF/050 segment 

citing code TN in REF01.

EM E-Mail

FT File Transfer
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

48 

When PWK08-01 is code PV, use to indicate an FTP 

site. Provide the FTP address in PWK07.

FX By Fax

IA Electronic Image

Use, in conjunction with PWK08-01, code PV, to 

indicate the World Wide Web. When used, provide the 

Universal Resource Locator (URL) where information 

is to be obtained in PWK07.

WS With Shipment (With Package)

PWK03 757 Report Copies Needed O N0 1/2

The number of copies of a report that should be sent to the addressee

The number of copies is assumed to be 1 unless a greater number is specified 

in this data element.

PWK04 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual

Use to identify the recipient of the paperwork. If there is more than one 

recipient for the same paperwork item, use multiple repetitions of the PWK 

segment with the same report code in PWK01. Provide the address of the 

recipient in the 1/N1/310 segment and/or the recipient communication 

number in the 1/PER/360 segment.

7D Contracting Officer Representative

7N Party to Receive Proposal

7P Transportation Office

BY Buying Party (Purchaser)

Use to indicate the Contracting Officer.

C4 Contract Administration Office

HMI Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) Recipient

Use in conjunction with PWK01 code MS to indicate 

the Agency's Hazardous Material Information System 

(HMIS) central focal point to whom Material Safety 

Data Sheets are to be sent. 

IS Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

Use when PWK01 is code IT or MR.

KF Audit Office

KG Project Manager

Use to indicate the party responsible for the project to 

include the advisor under a Grant.

KY Technical Office

PA Party to Receive Inspection Report

PC Party to Receive Cert. of Conformance (C.A.A.)

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ZD Party to Receive Reports

Not Used PWK05 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification 

Code (67)

Not Used PWK06 67 Identification Code X AN 2/80

Code identifying a party or other code

PWK07 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use only if necessary to provide additional information or instructions 

applicable to a specific paperwork item.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

49 

2. When PWK02 is code DA, use to identify the other form of electronic 

transfer.

3. When PWK02 is code FT or IA, use to identify the URL.

4. When PWK01 is code AE, use to identify the attachment.

5. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

PWK08 C002 Actions Indicated O

Actions to be performed on the piece of paperwork identified

M C00201 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code M ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK 

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

2 Report to be Filed

When PWK01 is code 25, 27, 35, C1, C5, BA, CP, CX, 

CY, EL, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, IT, KF, MR, MS, PD, 

PM, PP, RD, RE, SN, US, or WP, use to indicate the 

specified paperwork is required to be provided by the 

contractor.

PV Provided

When PWK01 is code AE, C6, DW, PJ, SF, or SP, use 

to indicate the specified paperwork is being provided 

by the buyer.

Not Used C00202 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK 

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

Not Used C00203 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK 

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

Not Used C00204 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK 

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

Not Used C00205 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK 

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

Not Used PWK09 1525 Request Category Code O ID 1/2

Code indicating a type of request
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

50 

Segment: PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

Position: 220

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 200

Purpose: To describe marking, packaging, loading, and unloading requirements

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required.

2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKG01 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

Comments: 1 Use the MEA (Measurements) Segment to define dimensions, tolerances, weights, 

counts, physical restrictions, etc.

2 If PKG01 equals "F", then PKG05 is used. If PKG01 equals "S", then PKG04 is 

used. If PKG01 equals "X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used.

3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to.

4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (description).

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify packaging requirements that apply to all of the line 

items. If the packaging requirements vary by line item, use the 2/PKG/305 segment.

2. Packaging information such as the number of items in a unit container; the number 

of unit containers in an intermediate container; and the gross weight, cube and 

dimensions of a unit or intermediate container is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment.

3. The use of MILSTD 2073-1C codes to identify packaging requirements for items in 

this award instrument are primarily for items that are expected to enter the military 

distribution system. Commercial packaging is expected to be used to the maximum 

extent possible for all other items.

4. Commercial packaging requirements are specified by the use of PKG02 code PK, 

PKG03 code DF, and citing the corresponding code U in PKG04.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

PKG01 349 Item Description Type X ID 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

PKG02 753 Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics 

being described

Use the listed codes to identify the applicable packaging requirements. 

CD Cleaning or Drying Procedure

CT Cushioning Thickness

CUD Cushioning and Dunnage

IC Intermediate Container

OPI Optional Procedure Indicator

PK Packing

To specify commercial packaging, cite code DF in 

PKG03 and code U in PKG04.

PM Preservation Method

PML Preservation Material
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

51 

SMK Special Marking

UC Unit Container

UCL Unit Container Level

WM Wrapping Material

PKG03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate a Federal activity other than DoD or 

GSA. 

PKG04 754 Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the 

marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product

1. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristics codes cited 

in PKG02 can be found in Code Source List 197 (MIL-STD 2073-1C).

2. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional 

information, provide it in PKG05.

PKG05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging 

Instructions. If the information to be provided exceeds the maximum length 

of this data element, provide the information in the 1/N9/295 loop, using 

code KD in N901.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

01 Palletized

10 Shrink-wrap
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

52 

Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

Position: 240

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12

Purpose: To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required.

2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

4 If TD510 is present, then TD511 is required.

5 If TD513 is present, then TD512 is required.

6 If TD514 is present, then TD513 is required.

7 If TD515 is present, then TD512 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 TD515 is the country where the service is to be performed.

Comments: 1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of 

specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party 

responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual 

routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Notes: Use this segment to identify the transportation method that is applicable to all of the 

line items. If the transportation method varies by line item, use the 2/TD5/250 

segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

Not Used TD501 133 Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement

TD502 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification 

Code (67)

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code 

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the DoDAAC 

of the pipeline.

TD503 67 Identification Code X AN 2/80

Code identifying a party or other code

TD504 91 Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

D Parcel Post

Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used TD505 387 Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the 

originating carrier's identity

Not Used TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any 

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item 

or transaction

Not Used TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

53 

Code identifying type of location

Not Used TD508 310 Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location

Not Used TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction

Not Used TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time

Not Used TD511 733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time

TD512 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered 

by the transportation carrier

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. When BEG12 is code 34, use to identify the transportation requirements 

to satisfy the Emergency Order.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used TD513 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered 

by the transportation carrier

Not Used TD514 284 Service Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered 

by the transportation carrier

Not Used TD515 26 Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

54 

Segment: TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

Position: 260

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5

Purpose: To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials 

information, or both

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required.

2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 TD405 identifies if a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) exists for this product. A 

"Y" indicates an MSDS exists for this product; an "N" indicates an MSDS does not 

exist for this product.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify special handling or hazardous material information when 

it applies to all of the line items. If this information varies by line item, use the 

2/TD4/270 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

TD401 152 Special Handling Code X ID 2/3

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions

Use any code, other than code EMR and ZZZ, but the listed codes are 

preferred.

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas

PMM P.M. Delivery Requirement

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

TD402 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209)

Use any code.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

TD403 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 1/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material

Not Rec. TD404 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

Not Used TD405 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

55 

Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers

Position: 270

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10

Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers

Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required.

2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks 

and numbers assigned to the same physical container.

2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a 

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range.

3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a 

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range.

Comments: 1 When MAN01 contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and 

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for 

this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that is 

represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

 When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID 

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

Notes: 1. Use this segment when the marks and numbers apply to all line items. If the 

information varies by line item, use the 2/MAN/280 segment.

2. Use to identify such data as MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP number, Transportation 

Control number, Project Priority number, and consignee related codes.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87)

S Entire Shipment

M MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87)

S Entire Shipment

MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers X AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

56 

Segment: PCT Percent Amounts

Position: 276

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To qualify percent amounts and supply percent amounts

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to carry percentages that apply to profit/fee, progress payments, 

progress payment liquidation, and escalation factors when they apply to all of the line 

items. If the percentages vary by line item, use the 2/PCT/276 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PCT01 1004 Percent Qualifier M ID 1/2

Code to qualify percent

18 Percent of Value

Use to indicate the fee or profit percentage based on 

cost.

80 Percentage of Time

Use to indicate the fee or profit percentage based on 

hours.

EF Escalation Factor

Use when BEG09 is code FX.

RG Progress Payment Rate

Use to indicate a Progress Payment Rate other than 

the customary rate.

RR Alternate Progress Payment Liquidation Rate

M PCT02 954 Percent M R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

Cite 4.25% as .0425; cite 3% as .03 (note: leading and trailing zeros are 

suppressed).
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

57 

Segment: TXI Tax Information

Position: 285

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify tax information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TXI02 TXI03 or TXI06 is required.

2 If either TXI04 or TXI05 is present, then the other is required.

3 If TXI08 is present, then TXI03 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 TXI02 is the monetary amount of the tax.

2 TXI03 is the tax percent expressed as a decimal.

3 TXI07 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to the associated 

segment.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify taxes that apply to the total order amount. Use the 

2/TXI/291 segment to identify taxes that apply to individual line item amounts.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M TXI01 963 Tax Type Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of tax

Use any code other than code ZZ.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

TXI02 782 Monetary Amount X R 1/18

Monetary amount

When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 segment cites code BY, the monetary 

amount identified in this data element is expressed in the foreign currency 

identified in CUR02 of the 1/CUR/040 segment. In all other instances, the 

monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

TXI03 954 Percent X R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

Percents will be cited as follows: 4.25% will be cited as .0425; 3% will be 

cited as .03 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

Not Used TXI04 955 Tax Jurisdiction Code Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the data used in tax jurisdiction code

Not Used TXI05 956 Tax Jurisdiction Code X AN 1/10

Code identifying the taxing jurisdiction

TXI06 441 Tax Exempt Code X ID 1/1

Code identifying exemption status from sales and use tax

Use any code.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

TXI07 662 Relationship Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the relationship between entities

A Add

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 is to be 

added to the total order amount.

D Delete

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 has been 

deleted from the total order amount proposed in the 

Response to the Solicitation.

I Included
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

58 

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 is 

included in the total order amount.

TXI08 828 Dollar Basis For Percent O R 1/9

Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or 

tax

TXI09 325 Tax Identification Number O AN 1/20

Number assigned to a purchaser (buyer, orderer) by a taxing jurisdiction (state, 

county, etc.); often called a tax exemption number or certificate number

When TXI06 is used, provide the purchasing activity's tax exempt number 

when required by the taxing jurisdiction.

TXI10 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

1. Use to identify the ACRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code 

to which tax is applicable. These codes and their relationship to the financial 

accounting data they represent are established in the 1/AMT/287 loop.

2. Use only when TXI07 is code A.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

59 

Segment: AMT Monetary Amount

Position: 287

Loop: AMT Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To indicate the total monetary amount

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify the total amount of obligated funds for each accounting 

classification cited in the 1/FA1/293 loop, or to specify amounts associated with 

incentive, award fee, fixed-fee, or cost sharing award instruments when the amounts 

apply to all of the line items. There must be an AMT segment transmitted , citing code 

KC in AMT01, for each accounting classification cited in the 1/FA1/293 loop of this 

award instrument.

2. The following table identifies how each code listed in AMT01, other than codes 8B, 

9E, B0, DN, KC, and KY are to be used depending on the code cited in BEG09

COST, FEE, AND PRICE EXPRESSION TABLE

BEG09 Code AMT01 Code AMT01 Code Use

CA/CY 33 Target Cost

CA/CY 32 Target Fee

CA/CY AEG Minimum Fee

CA/CY AEH Maximum Fee

CH FQ Contractor Firm Share

CH FR Estimated Government Share

CS NA Use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT

CW/CX 33 Cost

CW AEF Base Fee

CW AEE Award Fee

CX FE Fixed Fee

FB/FC 33 Target Cost

FB/FC 32 Target Profit

FB/FC 30 Price Ceiling

FD NA For fixed-price contracts with prospective price 

redetermination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code 29 for contract total amount, and 

use the 2/AMT/600 segment code 29 when CN101 is code FD for redeterminable items 

without a ceiling price or code 30 for redeterminable items with a ceiling price.

FM NA For fixed-price contracts with retroactive price 

redetermination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code 30 for contract ceiling price, and 

use the 2/AMT/600 segment code 30 when CN101 is code FM for fixed ceiling price if 

items subject to differing contract type are present in the same contract.

FF/FG ZQ Initial Target Cost

FF/FG K4 Initial Target Profit

FF/FG AEH Target Profit Ceiling

FF/FG AEG Target Profit Floor

FF/FG 30 Ceiling Price

FH 33 Fixed Price

FH AEF Base Fee

FH AEE Award Fee

FJ/FR/FX/LH/TM NA Use the 2/AMT/600 segment, code 1 for fixed price 

line items; and the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT for contract total amount.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

60 

FK NA No cost or price information required

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M AMT01 522 Amount Qualifier Code M ID 1/3

Code to qualify amount

1. For the correct use of the following codes in various fee and profit 

arrangements by type of contract, see the table above.

2. Codes 8B, 9E, B0, DN, KC, and KY are to be used in accordance with the 

note associated with each code.

30 Contract Ceiling

32 Target Fee or Profit Amount

33 Original Contract Target Cost

8B Provision for Future Purchases

Use to indicate an amount that is contemplated for 

future placement on this award instrument.

9E Specific Performance

When PWK01 in the 1/PWK/210 segment is code RE, 

use to indicate the amount of the performance bond.

AEE Award Fee

AEF Base Fee

AEG Target Profit Floor

AEH Target Profit Ceiling

B0 Bond

When PWK01 in the 1/PWK/210 segment is code RD, 

use to indicate the amount of the payment bond.

DN Liability

Use this code to indicate the limitation of government 

liability for undefinitized contract actions.

FE Fee

FQ Firm Contractor Share

FR Estimated Government Share

K4 Initial Target Fee

KC Obligated

Use when the FA2 segment carries long line 

accounting data and cite the associated accounting 

code in the 1/REF/289 segment, e.g., code AX for the 

ACRN.

KY Not-To-Exceed Price

Use this code to indicate the contractor not-to-exceed 

amount for undefinitized contract actions.

ZQ Initial Target Cost

M AMT02 782 Monetary Amount M R 1/18

Monetary amount

When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 segment cites code BY, the monetary 

amount identified in this data element is expressed in the foreign currency 

identified in CUR02 of the 1/CUR/040 segment. In all other instances, the 

monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

Not Used AMT03 478 Credit/Debit Fl ag Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

61 

Segment: REF Reference Identification

Position: 289

Loop: AMT Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify identifying information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify a number or a code applicable to the financial accounting 

data cited in the following FA1 loop. This number or code can be cited in the 

2/REF/610 segment in place of repeating the accounting data at the Detail Level when 

it is necessary to associate the accounting data with an amount cited in the 2/AMT/600 

segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

1Z Financial Detail Code

ACT Accounting Code

AX Government Accounting Class Reference Number 

(ACRN)

FU Fund Code

P4 Project Code

TH Transportation Account Code (TAC)

REF02 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Not Used REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

Not Used C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

62 

Segment: FA1 Type of Financial Accounting Data

Position: 293

Loop: FA1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify the organization controlling the content of the accounting citation, and the 

purpose associated with the accounting citation

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 FA101 Identifies the organization controlling the assignment of financial accounting 

information.

2 FA102 Identifies the purpose of the accounting allowance or charge information.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify the Department or Agency that is originating the Line of 

Accounting cited in the following FA2 segments.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M FA101 559 Agency Qualifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

Use to indicate that the component originating the 

funds is a Department of Defense Agency, including 

DLA.

DN Department of the Navy

Includes the United States Marine Corps.

DY Department of Air Force

DZ Department of Army

FG Federal Government

Not Used FA102 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code O ID 4/4

Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Not Used FA103 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator O ID 1/1

Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

63 

Segment: FA2 Accounting Data

Position: 294

Loop: FA1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify the detailed accounting data

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify the individual components of the line of accounting 

(LOA). 

2. This segment also can be used to send the LOA as 3 strings of data, using codes 18, 

L1 and ZZ.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M FA201 1196 Breakdown Structure Detail Code M ID 2/2

Codes identifying details relating to a reporting breakdown structure tree

18 Funds Appropriation

Use this code in conjunction with codes L1 and ZZ 

when the individual components of the LOA cannot be 

generated by the application. When used, provide the 

basic appropriation number (department code through 

appropriation limit). Example: 1717979818100400.

A1 Department Indicator

Use to indicate the two position department code.

A2 Transfer from Department

Use to indicate the two position transfer from 

department.

A3 Fiscal Year Indicator

Use to indicate the eight position fiscal year. The first 

four positions represent the first year the funds are 

available and the last four positions represent the last 

year the funds are available. Example: Year one 

1999, year two 2000 would be cited as "19992000".

A4 Basic Symbol Number

Use to indicate the four position code assigned by the 

Treasury that indicate the type of funds for 

appropriation.

A5 Sub-class

Use to indicate the four position numeric suffix that 

identifies the subdivision of funds that restricts the 

amount or use of funds.

A6 Sub-Account Symbol

Use to indicate the two position Fund Code or Material 

Category Code

B1 Budget Activity Number

Use to indicate the two position Operation Agency 

Code that indicates the organization code of the 

issuing.

B2 Budget Sub-activity Number

Use to indicate the Allotment Serial Number that 

indicates the distribution of funds.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

64 

indicates the distribution of funds.

B3 Budget Program Activity

Use to indicate the six position activity address code of 

the card holder.

B4 Program Year Indicator

Use to indicate the one position Program Year.

C1 Program Element

Use to indicate the program element code.

C2 Project Task or Budget Subline

D1 Defense Agency Allocation Recipient

D4 Component Sub-allocation Recipient

Use to indicate the Job Order/Work Center Order 

Number for assigning cost to a specific project.

D6 Sub-allotment Recipient

Use to indicate the one position Sub-allotment 

Recipient.

D7 Work Center Recipient

Use to indicate the six position Work Center Recipient.

E2 Detail Reimbursement Source Code

E3 Customer Indicator

Use to indicate the six position customer identifier who 

has requested the goods or services.

F1 Object Class

Use to indicate the Object Class, Element of Resource 

or the Element of Expense.

F3 Government or Public Sector Identifier

Use to indicate the government or public source 

providing the goods or services.

G2 Special Interest Code or Special Program Cost Code

H1 Cost Code

Use to indicate the Cost Code.

I1 Abbreviated Department of Defense (DoD) Budget and 

Accounting Classification Code (BACC)

Use to indicate the shorthand elements of the 

accounting classification.

J1 Document or Record Reference Number

Use to indicate the Standard Document Number.

L1 Accounting Installation Number

1. Use to indicate the Accountable Station Number. 

The Accountable Station Code is the Fiscal Station

Number (FSN) of both the Army and the Office of the 

Secretary of Defense (OSD), the Authorization 

Accounting Activity (AAA) of the Navy, or the 

Accounting and Disbursing Station Number (ADSN) 

used by the Air Force. The Accountable Station Codes 

(TAC3) are published in the DoD 7000.14-R 

(Financial Management Regulation). Civilian 

Agencies will cite their equivalent organization code.

2. This code is used whether or not the application 

can generate the individual components of the LOA. 

If the application cannot generate the individual 

components of the LOA, use this code in conjunction 

with codes 18 and ZZ.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

65 

M1 Local Installation Data

Use to indicate the Installation Facilities System 

number.

N1 Transaction Type

Use to indicate the transaction type code.

P5 Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Line Item Number

Use to indicate the FMS Case Number, Country Code 

and FMS line number.

P6 Contract Payment Notice (CPN) Recipient Indicator

Use to indicate the 8 position CPN Recipient/ 

Organization Code.

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use this code in conjunction with codes 18 and L1 

when the individual components of the LOA cannot be 

generated by the application, When used, provide the 

balance of the financial accounting data which should 

include the Accountable Station Number identified by 

the use of code L1 in another iteration of this segment.

M FA202 1195 Financial Information Code M AN 1/80

Code representing financial accounting information
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

66 

Segment: N9 Reference Identification

Position: 295

Loop: N9 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required.

2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required.

3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects.

2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902.

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this loop to identify various clauses (e.g., Federal Acquisition Regulation 

(FAR), Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS), General 

Services Administration Regulation Supplement (GSARS), Department of Veterans 

Affairs Acquisition Regulation Supplement ( VAARS), Agency, or other clauses), 

Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular, special instructions or other 

references that are applicable to the entire award instrument. If the information varies 

by line item, use the 2/N9/330 loop.

2. When an Alternate section is applicable to a cited clause, the alpha/numeric 

Alternate identifier and the date MUST be cited in the following MSG segment.

3. When citing a clause in N902, the date of the clause MUST be cited in N904 and the 

title of the clause may be optionally cited in the following MSG segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

5N Citation of Statute

Use to indicate the legislative authorization under 

which this instrument, e.g., a grant, is awarded. Cite 

the legislative program title in N903.

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

If a Statement of Work is part of the award, the 

1/PWK/210 segment can be used to identify how it is 

being provided.

ADA Agency for International Development Acquisition 

Regulation (AIDAR)

AU Authorization to Meet Competition No.

Use to indicate the FAR part 6 authority for using 

other than full and open competition.

CJ Clause Number

1. Use to indicate a purchasing activity clause (i.e., a 

clause not found in FAR, DFARS, etc.). Identify the 

purchasing activity issuing the clause in N903.

2. DO NOT use for a purchasing activity payment 

related clause. Use code H5 in that instance.

DF Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations (DFAR)

If the DFARS clause has a Modification, Variation or 

Deviation, identify that condition in N903 and provide 

the full clause text in the following MSG segment.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

67 

the full clause text in the following MSG segment.

DHH Department of Health and Human Services Acquisition 

Regulation (HHSAR)

DOA Department of Agriculture Acquisition Regulation 

(AGAR)

DOC Department of Commerce Acquisition Regulation (CAR)

DOE Department of Energy Acquisition Regulation (DEAR)

DOI Department of Interior Acquisition Regulation (DIAR)

DOJ Department of Justice Acquisition Regulation (JAR)

DOL Department of Labor Acquisition Regulation (DOLAR)

DOS Department of State Acquisition Regulation (DOSAR)

DOT Department of Transportation Acquisition Regulation 

(TAR)

DTS Department of the Treasury Acquisition/Procurement 

Regulation (TAPR)

DX Department/Agency Number

1. Use to indicate an Agency clause and identify the 

agency in N903.

2. DO NOT use for an Agency payment related clause. 

Use code H5 in that instance.

EC Circular

Use to identify an Office of Management and Budget 

(OMB) circular number.

EDA Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (EDAR)

EPA Environmental Protection Agency Acquisition Regulation 

(EPAAR)

FA Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR)

If the FAR clause has a Modification, Variation or 

Deviation, identify that condition in N903 and provide 

the full clause text in the following MSG segment.

GS General Services Administration Regulations (GSAR)

H5 Special Clause

Use this code only to indicate local, purchasing activity 

or agency payment related information. DO NOT use 

for a FAR or DFARS payment related clause. Use 

either code FA or DF in that instance.

HT Code of Federal Regulations

HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development 

Acquisition Regulation (HUDAR)

K7 Paragraph Number

1. Use to indicate information for a contractor. Cite 

an applicable number in N902 and provide the 

information in the following MSG segment. The 

numbering system can be based on the uniform 

contract format, e.g., H-1 for special requirements or 

any other numbering system the originator desires. 

2. DO NOT use for payment related information. Use 

code H5 for that purpose. 

KD Special Instructions Number

1. Use to indicate a special instruction. Indicate the 

agency or purchasing activity issuing the special 

instruction in N903. If this special instruction number 

is not included in previously provided terms and 

conditions, provide the full text in the following MSG 

segment.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

68 

segment.

2. DO NOT use for payment related special 

instructions. Use code H5 for that purpose. 

KY Site Specific Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

DO NOT use for payment related terms and 

conditions. Use code H5 for that purpose. 

KZ Master Solicitation Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

1. Use to indicate the Master Solicitation number that 

contains applicable terms and conditions.

2. Do NOT use for payment related terms and 

conditions. Use code H5 for that purpose. 

NAS National Aeronautics and Space Administration FAR 

Supplement (NFS)

VB Department of Veterans Affairs Acquisition Regulations 

(VAAR)

XY Other Unlisted Type of Reference Number

Use to indicate any other reference that cannot use a 

specific qualifier code. Indicate the source of the 

reference in N903 and use the following MSG 

segment, if necessary, to pass text.

N902 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

N903 369 Free-form Description X AN 1/45

Free-form descriptive text

1. When N901 is code CJ or DX, use to identify the agency or purchasing 

activity issuing the clause cited in N902.

2. When N901 is code XY, use to identify the source of the reference and use 

the following MSG segment for text, if necessary.

3. When N901 is code DF or FA and the clause has a Modification, 

Variation, or Deviation, identify that condition by citing "VAR" for 

Modification and Variations, and "DEV" for Deviation.

4. Use also to carry additional information related to the reference cited in

N901.

5. Use of free-form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

N904 373 Date O DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Use to identify the date of the clause cited in N902. The DD (day) portion of 

the date is always 01.

Not Used N905 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used N906 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards 

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication 

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a 

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

69 

N907 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

When N901 cites a code that specifies a clause or instruction which applies to 

one or more line items, use this composite data element to:

a. Identify the line item(s) to which the clause or instruction applies, or

b. Identify the line item(s) to which the clause or instruction does not apply.

M C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

C7 Contract Line Item Number

Use to indicate a CLIN to which the clause or 

instruction cited in N902 applies.

FJ Line Item Control Number

Use to indicate a CLIN to which the clause or 

instruction cited in N902 DOES NOTapply.

M C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

C7 Contract Line Item Number

Use to indicate a CLIN to which the clause or 

instruction cited in N902 applies.

FJ Line Item Control Number

Use to indicate a CLIN to which the clause or 

instruction cited in N902 DOES NOTapply.

C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

C7 Contract Line Item Number

Use to indicate a CLIN to which the clause or 

instruction cited in N902 applies.

FJ Line Item Control Number

Use to indicate a CLIN to which the clause or 

instruction cited in N902 DOES NOTapply.

C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

70 

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference

Position: 297

Loop: N9 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required.

2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required.

3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to provide the revision date associated with a qualifier code cited in 

N901 of the 1/N9/295 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

171 Revision

DTM02 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used DTM03 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used DTM04 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards 

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication 

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a 

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

Not Used DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format

Not Used DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

71 

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 300

Loop: N9 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1000

Purpose: To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information

Syntax Notes: 1 If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MSG03 is the number of lines to advance before printing.

Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of 

page, advance a line, etc.

2 If MSG02 is "AA - Advance the specified number of lines before print" then MSG03 

is required.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to carry the title or full text of any clause, a special instruction, or 

other information associated with the number cited in N902.

2. This segment is also used to carry clause fill-in information that is not provided 

elsewhere within the transaction set. Use of clause titles when providing fill-in 

information is recommended.

3. When providing fill-in information, the following format is recommended:

 a) In the first iteration of the segment, cite the clause title, and the clause Alternate 

identifier with date if applicable, followed by a pipe sign to indicate the end of the title 

information, then cite the number of fill-ins followed by a second pipe sign to indicate 

the end of the title segment.

 

 b) For each fill-in, begin a new MSG segment using the sequence in which the fillins appear within the clause. These MSG segments may each begin with a number 

indicating the fill-in's sequence position. End each fill-in with a pipe sign. If multiple 

iterations of MSG are required for a long fill-in, end only the last MSG segment of that 

fill-in with the pipe sign.

4. The purpose of the pipe sign (|) is to provide an indication to receiving applications 

that the data string related to a single entry has been completed.

 An example of a clause with 3 fill-ins follows:

 MSG*Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work Alternate I (April 

1984)|3|

 MSG*1. 30|

 MSG*2. 30 Sep 1995|

 MSG*3. 15 Jan 1995|

5. An example alternative format provides all fill-in information within the title MSG 

segment as follows:

 MSG*Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work Alternate I (Apr 

1984)|3|30|Sep 30, 1995|Jan 15, 1995|

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M MSG01 933 Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text

Not Used MSG02 934 Printer Carriage Control Code X ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

72 

Not Used MSG03 1470 Number O N0 1/9

A generic number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

73 

Segment: N1 Name

Position: 310

Loop: N1 Optional (Must Use)

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional (Must Use)

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required.

2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing 

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must 

provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101.

Notes: 1. Use this loop to identify organizations or locations that apply to all the line items. If 

the information varies by line item, use the 2/N1/350 loop.

2. Whenever possible, identification and address information should be provided using 

N101, N103, and N104. Use N102 and segments N2 through N4, as applicable, when 

the address cannot be provided using one of the codes listed in N103.

3. At least 2 iterations of this segment are REQUIRED using codes BY and SE.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual

28 Subcontractor

31 Postal Mailing Address

Use only when an actual mailing address is required 

and it is different from the address provided for any 

other qualifier code. Do not use if another qualifier 

code can be used to pass this address. When used, cite 

the name of the party in N102 and the N2 segment, if 

necessary.

56 Servicing Dealer

Use to indicate a dealer who services a product. This 

is the location to obtain service, such as a repair.

61 Performed At

Use to indicate additional places of performance when 

other than the address identified with code SE or FA 

in the 1/N1/310 segment.

7D Contracting Officer Representative

7E Party Authorized to Definitize Contract Action

7G Hazardous Material Office

Use to indicate the installation Hazardous Material or 

Safety Office serving the ship-to location.

7H Government Furnished Property FOB Point

7M Inspection and Acceptance Location

Use to indicate the inspection and acceptance point 

when both are at the same location but the location is 

neither at origin nor at destination.

7N Party to Receive Proposal
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

74 

Use to indicate the office to receive a proposal for an 

undefinitized contract action.

7P Transportation Office

92 Support Party

Use to indicate a secondary Contract Administration 

Office.

9O Party to Contract

Use to indicate the party to whom a contract is 

awarded if other than the selling party.

9P Investigator

Use to indicate the principal Grant Investigator's 

organization if other than the selling party.

AE Additional Delivery Address

Use to indicate a shipment in-place location.

AF Authorized Accepting Official

Use this code to identify the organization that is 

authorized to accept the goods or services. When used, 

N103 must cite code 1, 9 or 10.

BT Bill-to-Party

Use to indicate the party who will provide 

reimbursement for the payment of a contractor's 

invoice. This is an internal Government billed party 

and not the party the contractor bills. Use is 

discouraged. Use only when the contractor or other 

party receiving the order or a copy of the order, needs 

to receive this information.

BY Buying Party (Purchaser)

C4 Contract Administration Office

CY Country

Use to indicate the country to which a Foreign 

Military Sale applies. 

DL Dealer

Use to indicate a dealer or reseller of products.

DS Distributor

Use to indicate a distributor of products.

DZ Delivery Zone

1. Use to indicate an area to which deliveries are 

expected to be made under a requirements or an 

indefinite delivery type award instrument. Specify the 

zone in N104 (e.g., 10, 11, 12, etc., must be a minimum 

of 2 positions) using code ZN in N103 and identify the 

states or countries that comprise the zone in N402 or 

N404. The zone number will be cited in CTP10 and the 

price associated with delivery to that zone will be 

specified in CTP03.

2. If the FOB point varies by delivery zone or by 

locations within a delivery zone, identify the FOB 

point in the 1/N4/340 segment. 

FA Facility

Use to indicate the principal place of performance 

when other than the address identified with code SE.

HMI Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) Recipient

Use to indicate the Agency's Hazardous Material 

Information System (HMIS) central focal point to 

whom Material Safety Data Sheets are to be sent.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

75 

whom Material Safety Data Sheets are to be sent.

IF International Freight Forwarder

Use in conjunction with the 1/FOB/080 segment, 

FOB02 code IT.

IS Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

J2 Authorized Entity

Use to indicate activities authorized to place orders 

against award instruments, e.g., requirements, 

indefinite quantity, Blanket Purchase Agreements 

(BPAs), Basic Ordering Agreements (BOAs), etc.

KF Audit Office

KG Project Manager

Use to indicate the Government organization 

responsible for a project to include the advisor under a 

Grant.

KX Free on Board Point

Use to indicate the FOB point when it has to be 

described by a specific address rather than as a code 

value indicating either origin or destination. 

Applicable when FOB02 in the 1/FOB/080 segment is 

code KE, KL, or ZZ.

KY Technical Office

Use to indicate the technical office that has cognizance 

over the technical portion of the order, if different 

than the office originating the order. Do not use unless 

it is intended for the contractor to deal directly with the 

cited party.

KZ Acceptance Location

Use to indicate acceptance is at other than origin or 

destination.

L1 Inspection Location

Use to indicate the inspection location when it has to 

be described as an address which is neither origin nor 

destination.

OI Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate the inspection agency is other than the 

Contract Administration Office.

PA Party to Receive Inspection Report

PC Party to Receive Cert. of Conformance (C.A.A.)

PL Party to Receive Purchase Order

Use to indicate entities other than the contractor that 

are to receive copies of the award instrument.

PN Party to Receive Shipping Notice

PO Party to Receive Invoice for Goods or Services

Use to indicate where the invoice should be mailed.

PP Property

Use this code to indicate the Government Property 

Office.

PR Payer

Use to indicate the paying office.

PW Pick Up Address

R6 Requester

Use to indicate the requesting agency/activity. 

RI Remit To
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

76 

Use to indicate the place to send payment if it is 

different from the contractor's address, e.g., a bank, 

financial office location, etc.

SE Selling Party

Use to indicate the party receiving the award. If the 

award is for a Section 8a contract, also use code 9O to 

identify the Small Business Administration (SBA).

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ST Ship To

If the address is an FPO or APO, cite code ST in 

N101, cite FPO or APO in N102 and in N401, cite the 

two letter identifier (AA for Miami, AE for New York, 

AP for San Francisco) in N402, and cite the zip code 

in N403.

SV Service Performance Site

Use to indicate the location where a service, e.g., grass 

cutting, is to be performed or where service for a 

product can be obtained.

TQ Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)

Use to indicate the office for receipt of foreign 

disclosure sensitive information per DoD Directive 

5230.25.

TS Party to Receive Certified Test Results

X2 Party to Perform Packaging

Z4 Owning Inventory Control Point

Z7 Mark-for Party

ZD Party to Receive Reports

Not Rec. N102 93 Name X AN 1/60

Free-form name

Rec N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification 

Code (67)

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet

Use of the DUNS or DUNS+4 number is preferred 

over other codes to identify an entity.

9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character 

Suffix

Use of the DUNS or DUNS+4 number is preferred 

over other codes to identify an entity.

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code 

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate a Department of Defense or Civilian 

Agency Activity Address Code.

33 Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

38 Country Code

Use in conjunction with N101 code CY and cite the 2 

position ISO 3166 country code in N104.

A2 Military Assistance Program Address Code (MAPAC)

ZN Zone

When N101 is code DZ, use to indicate a delivery zone.

Rec N104 67 Identification Code X AN 2/80

Code identifying a party or other code

When N103 is code ZN, cite one of the following:
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

77 

a. A delivery zone designation, e.g., 01, 10, 1a, etc.

b. The word "CONUS" to specify all points within the continental United 

States that are not otherwise identified within a zone.

c. The word "WORLD" to specify all points outside the continental United 

States that are not otherwise identified within a zone.

Not Used N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2

Code describing entity relationship

Not Used N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

78 

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information

Position: 320

Loop: N1 Optional (Must Use)

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 2

Purpose: To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in N101 is described by a code in 

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M N201 93 Name M AN 1/60

Free-form name

N202 93 Name O AN 1/60

Free-form name
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

79 

Segment: N3 Address Information

Position: 330

Loop: N1 Optional (Must Use)

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 2

Purpose: To specify the location of the named party

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in N101 is described by a code in 

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M N301 166 Address Information M AN 1/55

Address information

N302 166 Address Information O AN 1/55

Address information
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

80 

Segment: N4 Geographic Location

Position: 340

Loop: N1 Optional (Must Use)

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party

Syntax Notes: 1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to 

specify a location.

2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Notes: 1. This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in N101 is described by a code 

in N103/N104.

2. When N101 is code DZ and N104 does not cite the words "CONUS" or "WORLD", 

this segment may by used to identify locations within a delivery zone and the FOB 

point if it varies by delivery zone or locations within a delivery zone. 

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

N401 19 City Name O AN 2/30

Free-form text for city name

When the address is a military overseas post office cite APO or FPO as 

appropriate to identify an Army Post Office (APO) or Fleet Post Office 

(FPO).

N402 156 State or Province Code O ID 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency

Use codes AA (Armed Forces Americas), AE (Armed Forces Europe), or AP 

(Armed Forces Pacific) as appropriate for the military overseas post office.

N403 116 Postal Code O ID 3/15

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks 

(zip code for United States)

N404 26 Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country

Cite the two position ISO 3166 country code.

N405 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

When N101 is code DZ and the 1/FOB/080 segment is not used to identify 

the FOB point, use to specify the FOB point for a delivery zone or for a 

location within a zone. 

DE Destination (Shipping)

OA Origin (After Loading on Equipment)

Use to indicate FOB Origin with transportation 

charges prepaid by the seller and added as a separate 

item to the invoice. See FAR clause 52.247-32

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

Use to indicate FOB Origin with transportation 

charges paid by a Government Bill of Lading (GBL).

TM Terminal

1. Use to indicate that the FOB point for delivery 

outside the continental United States is located at a 

transportation terminal and not at origin or 

destination. FAR clauses 52.247-38, 52.247-39, or a 

similar FAR clause may apply.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

81 

similar FAR clause may apply.

2. When used, identify the FOB point in N406.

ZN Zone Code

When it is necessary to associate the entity identified in 

N101 with a delivery zone, use this code in conjunction 

with an appropriate N101 code (e.g., DL, DS, 56, etc.).

N406 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location

1. When N405 is code TM, use to identify the location of the other FOB 

point. Cite the 5 position United Nations code for ports and other locations 

(UN/LOCODE) in accordance with the United Nations Location Code 

Manual.

2. When N405 is code ZN, use to identify a delivery zone associated with the 

entity identified in N101. Identify the delivery zone using the same zone 

number or keyword specified in establishing the zone.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

82 

Segment: REF Reference Identification

Position: 350

Loop: N1 Optional (Must Use)

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12

Purpose: To specify identifying information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a ship-to location, i.e., 

when N101 is code ST. The number cited can be a reference number or code used in 

place of financial accounting data, e.g., an ACRN, fund code, etc.; a transportation 

control number; a GBL number; a requisition number; or the financial accounting 

number.

2. Use also to identify major subdivisions and lower levels within the selling party's 

organization, to provide a second identification number for the selling party and to 

provide a special price authorization number, if applicable.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

19 Division Identifier

Use to indicate the major subdivision name of the 

organization identified in N101. For example, School 

of Engineering or Adhesive Products Division. Cite 

the name in REF03.

1Z Financial Detail Code

9B Repriced Line Item Reference Number

1. Use to indicate a special price authorization 

number. 

2. When used, code SPC should be used in CTP02 in 

the 2/CTP/040 segment within the PO1 loop of the line 

items that are authorized a special price. If applicable, 

include the name of the person a uthorizing the price 

using code 1A in PER01 in the1/PER/360 segment.

ACT Accounting Code

AD Acceptable Source DUNS Number

When N101 in the 1/N1/310 segment is code SE and 

N103 is code 33, use this code to provide the DUNS or 

DUNS +4 number of the selling party, if applicable.

AT Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

AX Government Accounting Class Reference Number 

(ACRN)

BL Government Bill of Lading

DP Department Number

Use to indicate the department, service, laboratory, or 

equivalent level within the major subdivision name 

(code 19) of the organization. For example, 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

83 

(code 19) of the organization. For example, 

Department of Industrial Engineering or Sales 

Department. Cite the name in REF03.

FU Fund Code

IL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition number 

(MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP document) number.

P4 Project Code

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TH Transportation Account Code (TAC)

VR Vendor ID Number

Use to indicate the EDI/EFT vendor identification 

number for the Vendor One Pay System.

W7 Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code

When N101 in the 1/N1/310 segment is code SE and 

N103 is code 1 or 9, use this code to provide the CAGE 

code of the selling party, if applicable.

REF02 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

When REF01 is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

Not Used REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

Not Used C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

84 

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact

Position: 360

Loop: N1 Optional (Must Use)

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed

Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to provide communications contacts associated with the entities cited 

in the same N1 loop.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named

Use to identify the various individuals who can be contacted regarding 

specific areas of this award instrument.

1A Review/Repricing Contact

1. When N101 is code SE, use to indicate an 

individual who authorized a one time special price for 

line items in this award instrument, e.g., a spot pricing 

reduction from an existing contract or catalog price. 

In this instance, PER02 MUST be used.

2. When used, code SPC should be used in CTP02 in 

the 2/CTP/040 segment within the P01 loop of the line 

items that are authorized a special price. If applicable, 

include the authorization number provided by the 

selling party in REF01 in the1/REF/350 segment 

using code 9B.

AC Administrative Contracting Officer

Use in conjunction with N101 code C4.

AT Material Safety Data Sheet Contact

Use in conjunction with N101 codes BY, HMI, or 7P.

AV Advisor

Use in conjunction with N101 code KG to indicate the 

Government technical representative who will work 

with the contractor on basic R&D efforts in a 

particular science area.

BD Buyer Name or Department

1. Includes Grants Management Specialists.

2. Use in conjunction with N101 code BY

CD Contract Contact

Use in conjunction with N101 code 7D to indicate a 

Contracting Officer's Representative.

HM Hazardous Material Contact

Use in conjunction with N101 code 7G.

IC Information Contact

Use in conjunction with an applicable N101 code to 

indicate an information point of contact when no other 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

85 

indicate an information point of contact when no other 

code applies.

KC Accepting Official

Use in conjunction with N101 is code ST to indicate 

the accepting official at destination.

NT Notification Contact

Use in conjunction with N101 code ST, to indicate the 

party to be contacted for shipping instructions.

PC Purchasing Contracting Officer (PCO)

1. Includes Grants/Contract Project Officer.

2. Use in conjunction with N101 code BY.

PP Program Manager

1. Includes Grants Project Officer

2. Use in conjunction with N101 code KG

QR Ordering Officer

When N101 is code J2, use to indicate persons within 

an activity authorized to place orders against award 

instruments.

RE Receiving Contact

Use in conjunction with N101 code ST, to indicate the 

party to be contacted for to schedule a shipment.

SI Investigator

Use in conjunction with N101 codes 9P or SE to 

indicate the party designated as the principal 

investigator.

SU Supplier Contact

Use in conjunction with N101 code SE to indicate a 

contact within the selling party's organization.

TA Traffic Administrator

Use in conjunction with N101 code 7P to indicate a 

transportation officer, i.e., the party who can be 

contacted for a bill of lading or transportation 

information.

PER02 93 Name O AN 1/60

Free-form name

Use to identify the name of a point of contact. Last name, followed by first 

name, is preferred. If the whole name is longer than 35 characters, the use 

of initials for the first name is recommended. PER09 may be used to cite the 

party's title or office symbol.

PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

AU Defense Switched Network

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of 

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER04 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when 

applicable
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

86 

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted 

as a continuous number with no extraneous characters. If an extension 

applies to the telephone number, concatenate the letter X plus the extension 

at the end of the number, e.g., 17035551212X123.

PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to identify a second communications number for the party cited in 

PER02. For example, if PER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can 

be used to cite a FAX number.

AU Defense Switched Network

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of 

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER06 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when 

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted 

as a continuous number with no extraneous characters. If an extension 

applies to the telephone number, concatenate the letter X plus the extension 

at the end of the number, e.g., 17035551212X123.

PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to indicate a third communications number for the party cited in PER02.

AU Defense Switched Network

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include country code.

TE Telephone

Used to indicate the commercial telephone number of 

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER08 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when 

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted 

as a continuous number with no extraneous characters. If an extension 

applies to the telephone number, concatenate the letter X plus the extension 

at the end of the number, e.g., 17035551212X123.

PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number

Use, if necessary, to provide the title or office symbol of the party cited in 

PER02.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

87 

Segment: LM Code Source Information

Position: 430

Loop: LM Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To transmit standard code list identification information

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 LM02 identifies the applicable industry code list source information.

Notes: Use this loop to provide data that cannot be provided by other means within this 

transaction set, e.g., field contract administration office data, subject to availability of 

funds, etc.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LM01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

Use this code in preference to code DD.

FG Federal Government

When this code is used, cite FP1, in LM02.

LM02 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

When LM01 is code FG, the code contained in LQ02 comes from the Federal 

EDI Coding Manual, Federal Procurement Code List One (FP1). This code 

list can be found at http://www.fedebiz.gov, under Resources, Related 

Documents.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

88 

Segment: LQ Industry Code

Position: 440

Loop: LM Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: >1

Purpose: Code to transmit standard industry codes

Syntax Notes: 1 If LQ01 is present, then LQ02 is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

LQ01 1270 Code List Qualifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list

2 Type of Business Code

Use to indicate the contractor's type of business 

classification, e.g., small disadvantaged business, 

hospital, etc.

6 Special Contract Provision Code

Use to indicate special clauses that apply to the award 

instrument.

7 Quality Assurance Site Code

Use to indicate the inspection point when it is not the 

same as the acceptance location.

9 Indicator Code

Use to indicate specific conditions that apply to the 

award instrument.

A9 Supplementary Address

Must Use LQ02 1271 Industry Code X AN 1/30

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list

Use to cite a code from the code list identified by the qualifier in LQ01 or the 

code list cited in LM02.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

89 

Segment: SPI Specification Identifier

Position: 450

Loop: SPI Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To provide a description of the included specification or technical data items

Syntax Notes: 1 If either SPI02 or SPI03 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: This loop is used to carry the security information which is normally provided in the 

Department of Defense Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254). 

All data contained in this loop is applicable to the DD Form 254.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M SPI01 786 Security Level Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the 

information following

Use to identify the highest level of safeguarding required for the data 

associated with the award instrument.

90 Government Non-Classified

92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret

94 Government Top Secret

SPI02 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Use to identify the award instrument number applicable to the Contract 

Security Classification Specification.

CT Contract Number

SPI03 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used SPI04 790 Entity Title O AN 1/132

Title of the data entity

Not Used SPI05 791 Entity Purpose O AN 1/80

The reason for the existence of the data item specified by the electronic data 

item independent of its presence in an EDI transaction

Not Used SPI06 792 Entity Status Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the current status of the data item specified by the electronic 

data item

SPI07 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying purpose of transaction set

Use to identify the type of Contract Security Classification Specification 

being issued.

00 Original

04 Change

Use to indicate a revised Contract Security 

Classification Specification.

20 Final Transmission

Use to indicate a final Contract Security Classification 

Specification.

SPI08 755 Report Type Code O ID 2/2
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

90 

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item

SF Contract Security Classification Specification

SPI09 786 Security Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the 

information following

Use to indicate the facility clearance level required for the award instrument.

92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret

94 Government Top Secret

Not Used SPI10 559 Agency Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Not Used SPI11 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

Not Used SPI12 554 Assigned Number O N0 1/6

Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

Not Used SPI13 1322 Certification Type Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the type of certification

Not Used SPI14 1401 Proposal Data Detail Identifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying the basis of a cited value in a proposal

Not Used SPI15 1005 Hierarchical Structure Code O ID 4/4

Code indicating the hierarchical application structure of a transaction set that 

utilizes the HL segment to define the structure of the transaction set
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

91 

Segment: REF Reference Identification

Position: 460

Loop: SPI Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5

Purpose: To specify identifying information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to the Contract Security 

Classification Specification.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

3X Subcontract Number

KS Solicitation

YB Revision Number

When SPI07 is code 04, use to indicate the revision 

number of the Contract Security Classification 

Specification.

REF02 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Not Used REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

Not Used C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

92 

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference

Position: 470

Loop: SPI Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5

Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required.

2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required.

3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify dates applicable to the Contract Security Classification 

Specification.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

036 Expiration

When SPI02 is code CT, use to indicate the expiration 

date of the award instrument.

165 Final Issue

When SPI07 is code 20, use to indicate the date of the 

final Contract Security Classification Specification.

171 Revision

When SPI07 is code 04, use to indicate the date of the 

revised Contract Security Classification Specification.

334 Re-evaluation Date

Use to indicate the biennial review date of the Contract 

Security Classification Specification.

703 Retransmission Time Stamp

When SPI07 is code 00, use to indicate the date of the 

original Contract Security Classification Specification.

DTM02 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used DTM03 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used DTM04 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards 

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication 

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a 

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

Not Used DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format

Not Used DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

93 

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 480

Loop: SPI Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 50

Purpose: To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information

Syntax Notes: 1 If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MSG03 is the number of lines to advance before printing.

Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of 

page, advance a line, etc.

2 If MSG02 is "AA - Advance the specified number of lines before print" then MSG03

is required.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to provide information applicable to the Contract Security 

Classification Specification, e.g., a general identification of the award, or security 

guidance in clear text.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some 

other means within the transaction set.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M MSG01 933 Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text

Not Used MSG02 934 Printer Carriage Control Code X ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Not Used MSG03 1470 Number O N0 1/9

A generic number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

94 

Segment: N1 Name

Position: 490

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required.

2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing 

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must 

provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101.

Notes: 1. Use this loop to identify organizations or locations that apply to a Contract Security 

Classification Specification (DD Form 254). Persons affiliated with organizations may 

be identified in the 1/G61/540 segment.

2. The addresses cited in this loop are applicable to the Contract Security Classification 

Specification.

3. If the address is an FPO or APO, use the appropriate code in N101, cite FPO or 

APO in N102 and in N401, cite the two letter identifier (AA for Miami, AE for New 

York, AP for San Francisco) in N402, and cite the zip code in N403.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual

28 Subcontractor

61 Performed At

Use to indicate the actual place of performance.

B2 Other Unlisted Type of Organizational Entity

Use to indicate an unlisted entity to whom distribution 

of the Contract Security Classification Specification is 

to be made.

C4 Contract Administration Office

K1 Contractor Cognizant Security Office

K2 Subcontractor Cognizant Security Office

K3 Place of Performance Cognizant Security Office

K4 Party Authorizing Release of Security Information

K5 Party To Receive Contract Security Classification 

Specification

KG Project Manager

Use to indicate the party responsible for a project to 

include the advisor under a Grant.

KI United States Overseas Security Administration Office

OI Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate another entity that has inspection 

responsibilities.

PG Prime Contractor

PV Party performing certification
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

95 

Not Rec. N102 93 Name X AN 1/60

Free-form name

N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification 

Code (67)

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet

Use of the DUNS or DUNS+4 number is preferred 

over other codes to identify an entity.

9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character 

Suffix

Use of the DUNS or DUNS+4 number is preferred 

over other codes to identify an entity.

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code 

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate a Department of Defense or Civilian 

Agency Activity Address Code.

33 Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

N104 67 Identification Code X AN 2/80

Code identifying a party or other code

Not Used N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2

Code describing entity relationship

Not Used N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

96 

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information

Position: 500

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 2

Purpose: To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in N101 is described by a code in 

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M N201 93 Name M AN 1/60

Free-form name

N202 93 Name O AN 1/60

Free-form name
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

97 

Segment: N3 Address Information

Position: 510

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 2

Purpose: To specify the location of the named party

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in N101 is described by a code in 

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M N301 166 Address Information M AN 1/55

Address information

N302 166 Address Information O AN 1/55

Address information
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

98 

Segment: N4 Geographic Location

Position: 520

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party

Syntax Notes: 1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to 

specify a location.

2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Notes: This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in N101 is described by a code in 

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

N401 19 City Name O AN 2/30

Free-form text for city name

When the address is a military overseas post office cite APO or FPO as 

appropriate to identify an Army Post Office (APO) or Fleet Post Office 

(FPO).

N402 156 State or Province Code O ID 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency

Use codes AA (Armed Forces Americas), AE (Armed Forces Europe), or AP 

(Armed Forces Pacific) as appropriate for the military overseas post office.

N403 116 Postal Code O ID 3/15

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks 

(zip code for United States)

N404 26 Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country

Not Used N405 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

Not Used N406 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

99 

Segment: G61 Contact

Position: 540

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom communications should be directed

Syntax Notes: 1 If either G6103 or G6104 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 G6103 qualifies G6104.

Notes: Use this segment to provide names associated with addresses cited in the N1 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M G6101 366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named

CE Certifier

PP Program Manager

M G6102 93 Name M AN 1/60

Free-form name

Use to identify the name of a point of contact. Last name, followed by first 

name, is preferred. If the whole name is longer than 35 characters, the use 

of initials for the first name is recommended. G6105 may be used to cite the 

party's title or office symbol.

G6103 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

AU Defense Switched Network

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of 

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

G6104 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when 

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted 

as a continuous number with no extraneous characters. If an extension 

applies to the telephone number, concatenate the letter X plus the extension 

at the end of the number, e.g., 17035551212X123.

G6105 443 Contact In quiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number

Use to provide the title or the office symbol of the party cited in G6102.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

100 

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 550

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 50

Purpose: To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information

Syntax Notes: 1 If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MSG03 is the number of lines to advance before printing.

Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of 

page, advance a line, etc.

2 If MSG02 is "AA - Advance the specified number of lines before print" then MSG03 

is required.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to provide plain text information applicable to the entity cited in 

the preceding N1 segment.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some 

other means within the transaction set.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M MSG01 933 Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text

Not Used MSG02 934 Printer Carriage Control Code X ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Not Used MSG03 1470 Number O N0 1/9

A generic number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

101 

Segment: CB1 Contract and Cost Accounting Standards Data

Position: 560

Loop: CB1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify contract and cost accounting standards data

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify the access required to specific data and information in the 

performance of the contract and to identify the actions required of and authorizations 

provided to the contractor under the award instrument.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M CB101 1309 Acquisition Data Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying acquisition data

18 Access to Communications Security Information 

Required

19 Access to Communication Security Information Not 

Required

20 Access to Restricted Data Required

21 Access to Restricted Data Not Required

22 Access to Critical Nuclear Weapon Design Information 

Required

23 Access to Critical Nuclear Weapon Design Information 

Not Required

24 Access to Formerly Restricted Data Required

25 Access to Formerly Restricted Data Not Required

26 Access to Sensitive Compartmented Information Required

27 Access to Sensitive Compartmented Information Not 

Required

28 Access to Non-sensitive Compartmented Information 

Required

29 Access to Non-sensitive Compartmented Information Not 

Required

30 Access to Special Access Information Required

31 Access to Special Access Information Not Required

32 Access to North Atlantic Treaty Organization Information 

Required

33 Access to North Atlantic Treaty Organization Information 

Not Required

34 Access to Foreign Government Information Required

35 Access to Foreign Government Information Not Required

36 Access to Limited Dissemination Information Required

37 Access to Limited Dissemination Information Not 

Required

38 Access to For Official Use Only Information Required

39 Access to For Official Use Only Information Not 

Required

40 Access to Other Type of Information Required

41 Access to Other Type of Information Not Required
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

102 

42 Contractor Will Have Access to United States Classified 

Information at another Contractor's Facility or a 

Government Activity

43 Contractor Will Not Have Access to United States 

Classified Information at another Contractor's Facility or a 

Government Activity

44 Contractor Will Receive Classified Documents Only

45 Contractor Will Not Receive Classified Documents Only

46 Contractor Will Receive or Generate Classified Material

47 Contractor Will Not Receive or Generate Classified 

Material

48 Contractor Will Fabricate, Modify, or Store Classified 

Hardware

49 Contractor Will Not Fabricate, Modify, or Store 

Classified Hardware

50 Contractor Will Perform Services Only

51 Contractor Will Not Perform Services Only

52 Contractor Will Have Access to United States Classified 

Information outside the United States, Puerto Rico, 

United States Possessions and Trust Territories

53 Contractor Will Not Have Access to United States 

Classified Information outside the United States, Puerto 

Rico, United States Possessions and Trust Territories

54 Contractor Will Be Authorized to use the Services of 

Defense Technical Information Center or other Secondary 

Distribution Center

55 Contractor Will Not Be Authorized to use the Services of 

Defense Technical Information Center or other Secondary 

Distribution Center

56 Contractor Will Require a Communications Security 

Account

57 Contractor Will Not Require a Communications Security 

Account

58 Contractor Will Have Tempest Requirements

59 Contractor Will Not Have Tempest Requirements

60 Contractor Will Have Operations Security Requirements

61 Contractor Will Not Have Operations Security 

Requirements

62 Contractor Will Be Authorized to use the Defense Courier 

Service

63 Contractor Will Not Be Authorized to use the Defense 

Courier Service

64 Contractor Will Have some other Authorization in the 

Performance of the Contract

65 Contractor Will Not Have some other Authorization in the 

Performance of the Contract

66 Facility Clearance Required

67 Facility Clearance Not Required

68 Follow-on Contract

69 Not a Follow-on Contract

70 Final Contract Security Classification Specification

71 Not a Final Contract Security Classification Specification

72 Direct Public Release Authorized

73 Direct Public Release Not Authorized

74 Additional Materials being Forwarded
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

103 

75 No Additional Materials being Forwarded

76 Additional Requirements Established

77 Additional Requirements Not Established

78 Elements of the Contract are outside the Inspection 

Responsibility of the Cognizant Security Office

79 No Element of the Contract Is Outside the Inspection 

Responsibility of the Cognizant Security Office

80 Contractor Distribution Required

81 Contractor Distribution Not Required

82 Subcontractor Distribution Required

83 Subcontractor Distribution Not Required

84 Cognizant Security Office for Prime and Subcontractor 

Distribution Required

85 Cognizant Security Office for Prime and Subcontractor 

Distribution Not Required

86 United States Activity Responsible for Overseas Security 

Administration Distribution Required

87 United States Activity Responsible for Overseas Security 

Administration Distribution Not Required

88 Administrative Contracting Office Distribution Required

89 Administrative Contracting Office Distribution Not 

Required

90 Other Distribution Required

91 Other Distribution Not Required

Not Used CB102 1310 Financing Type Code O ID 1/1

Code identifying the type of contract financing required by the submitter of a 

pricing proposal
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

104 

Segment: REF Reference Identification

Position: 570

Loop: CB1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 20

Purpose: To specify identifying information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to provide reference numbers associated with access information 

contained in the Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254).

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

43 Supporting Document Number

Use to indicate a reference (paragraph number or 

section) that contains additional information 

applicable to the DD Form 254. Cite the reference in 

REF02 and identify the document in REF03.

KL Contract Reference

Use to indicate a clause in the award instrument that 

contains additional security requirements or unique 

inspection requirements.

KU Office Symbol

When CB101 is code 90, use to indicate the office 

symbol to which additional distribution of the Contract 

Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254) is 

required.

P1 Previous Contract Number

When CB101 is code 68, use to indicate the preceding 

procurement instrument number under which 

classified data was received or generated.

REF02 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. When REF01 is code 43, use to identify the document that contains the 

paragraph number or section where the applicable information is located.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

Not Used REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

Not Used C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

105 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

106 

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference

Position: 580

Loop: CB1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5

Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required.

2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required.

3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

992 Date Requested

When CB101 is code 70, use to indicate the date of a 

contractor's request to retain classified material.

DTM02 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used DTM03 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used DTM04 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards 

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication 

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a 

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

Not Used DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format

Not Used DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

107 

Segment: LDT Lead Time

Position: 590

Loop: CB1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify lead time for availability of products and services

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

Comments: 1 LDT02 is the quantity of unit of time periods.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LDT01 345 Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range

BA From Date of Award to Expiration Date of Authorization

Use to indicate the authorized period for a contractor 

to retain classified materials.

M LDT02 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

M LDT03 344 Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval

CY Calendar Year

DA Calendar Days

MO Month

WK Weeks

Not Used LDT04 373 Date O DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

108 

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 600

Loop: CB1 Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 50

Purpose: To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information

Syntax Notes: 1 If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MSG03 is the number of lines to advance before printing.

Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of 

page, advance a line, etc.

2 If MSG02 is "AA - Advance the specified number of lines before print" then MSG03 

is required.

Notes: 1. When CB101 is code 74, 76, or 78, use to provide additional clear text information.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some 

other means within the transaction set.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M MSG01 933 Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text

Not Used MSG02 934 Printer Carriage Control Code X ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Not Used MSG03 1470 Number O N0 1/9

A generic number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

109 

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data

Position: 010

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data

Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required.

2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required.

3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required.

5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required.

6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required.

7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required.

8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required.

9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required.

10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required.

11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required.

12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs.

2 PO101 is the line item identification.

3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs per each item. 

For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: 1. Use this PO1 loop to identify all information applicable to the line item or service 

being awarded.

2. In those rare instances where Table 2 information is not required, e.g., if an 

Agreement has no detail information, only PO101 is required to be transmitted. In 

that instance, cite the word "NONE" in PO101.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

PO101 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

1. Use to identify the Contract Line Item Number (CLIN), the Sub Contract 

Line Item Number (SUBCLIN), or the Exhibit Line Item Number (ELIN), if 

one is assigned.

2. If Table 2 data is not required, Cite the word "NONE".

PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X R 1/15

Quantity ordered

1. Use to specify the quantity applicable to the line item. Step ladder 

quantities applicable to requirements or indefinite quantity award 

instruments and the related prices are carried in the 2/CTP/040 segment.

2. Do not use this data element at the CLIN level if quantities are specified at 

the SUBCLIN level.

PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. Do not use this data element at the CLIN level if quantities are specified at 

the SUBCLIN level.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

110 

3. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO104 212 Unit Price X R 1/17

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc.

1. When PO105 is either code NC, NS, or TB, enter the number 0.

2. For IDC and similar award instruments, the unit price shall be based on 

standard commercial packaging. 

3. For IDC and similar award instruments that include zone pricing, this 

data element shall not be used. The unit price applicable to the individual 

zone shall be cited in the CTP segment.

4. When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 or the 2/CUR/020 segment cites code BY, 

the monetary amount identified in this data element is expressed in the 

foreign currency identified in CUR02 of the associated segment. In all other 

instances, the monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

PO105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item

ES Estimated

FB Fabrication Cost

Use to indicate the price includes the incorporation of 

Government Furnished Property (GFP) into the item.

KA Price with Government Furnished Property

Use to indicate that the price of the item includes the 

use of GFP, e.g., special tooling, special test 

equipment, production machinery, etc., to 

manufacture the item.

NC No Charge

NE Not to Exceed

NS Not Separately Priced

Use to indicate the item is not separately priced but is 

included in the price of the item to which it pertains.

TB To be negotiated.

PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

1. PO106 through PO125 are used in pairs, e.g., PO106 contains a qualifier 

code and PO107 contains data related to the code.

2. Any code, other than code A8, can be used, but the listed codes are 

preferred.

AK Refined Product Code

BL Brand/Label

Use to indicate the product's brand or model name, e.g., Trinitron is the Sony 

brand name for a TV or computer monitor

CG Commodity Grouping

Use to indicate a commodity code, e.g., the 2 position Federal Supply Group 

code.

CH Country of Origin Code

When used, cite the two position ISO 3166 country code in the following 234 

data element.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

111 

CL Color

DG Discount Grouping

Use to indicate a discount group to which the line item pertains.

EF Exhibit Identifier

Use to indicate the letter assigned to an exhibit.

EN European Article Number (EAN)(2-5-5-1)

EQ Equipment Type

F1 Catalog Number

Use to indicate a catalog number that identifies the product. 

F7 End-Item Description 

Use to indicate the end item to which the ordered item applies.

F8 Next Higher Used Assembly

Use to indicate the next higher assembly to which the ordered item applies.

FS National Stock Number

The NSN shall be transmitted without dashes.

FT Federal Supply Classification

Use to indicate the 4 position Federal Supply Classification code or Product 

Service code

HI HIBC (Health Industry Bar Code)

IN Buyer's Item Number

Use to indicate a locally assigned code for a product or service whenever 

stock number does not apply.

KA Engineering Data List

Use to indicate the Engineering Data List that contains technical 

information related to the CLIN or SUBCLIN.

KB Data Category Code

When PO101 is a CLIN or SUBCLIN related to an exhibit, use to indicate 

the data category of a Contract Data Requirements List.

KD Replacement National Stock Number

KF Item Type Number

KG Time Compliant Technical Order

KI Cognizance Symbol

KJ Material Control Code

KK Special Material Identification Code

KL Item Management Code

KM Shelf-Life Code

KN Shelf-Life Action Code

LT Lot Number

MF Manufacturer

When used, cite the DUNS number of the manufacturer in the following data 

element.

MG Manufacturer's Part Number

When used, a second 235/234 pair must be used citing either code MF or ZB.

MN Model Number

N1 National Drug Code in 4-4-2 Format

N2 National Drug Code in 5-3-2 Format
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

112 

N3 National Drug Code in 5-4-1 Format

N4 National Drug Code in 5-4-2- Format

ND National Drug Code (NDC)

PA Pattern Number

PD Part Number Description

Use to indicate the noun nomenclature of the item.

PI Purchaser's Item Code

Use to indicate a GSA Special Item Number

PU Part Reference Number

Use to indicate a part number assigned by an industry (not related to a 

specific manufacturer). Do not use for National Drug Codes.

RC Returnable Container No.

Use to indicate an NSN, manufacturer's part number, or other identifying 

number (except a serial number) of a returnable container. The serial 

number of a returnable container will be carried in the REF segment with 

code RS.

SN Serial Number

Use to indicate the serial number of the item cited in PO101. For example, 

the serial number of an aircraft engine that is to be repaired.

SV Service Rendered

Use to indicate (in text) the service being ordered.

SW Stock Number

Use to indicate a local stock number.

SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code (NRMA)

Use to indicate the size of an item being ordered.

UA U.P.C//EAN Case Code (2-5-5)

UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5)

UK U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)

UP U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1)

UX Universal Product Number

VP Vendor's (Seller's) Part Number

Use to indicate a part number assigned by a contractor other than a 

manufacturer.

ZB Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code

Use to indicate a manufacturer who can be identified by a CAGE code.

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate a miscellaneous charge, e.g., transportation, insurance, 

warranty, taxes, etc. Cite "Misc. Charge" in the following 234 data element 

and identify the purpose of the charge using an appropriate code in SAC02 

of the 2/SAC/130 segment. Miscellaneous charges, other than transportation 

charges, may be grouped in a single CLIN/SUBCLIN provided they are all 

funded by the same CIN. Transportation charges MUST be a separate 

CLIN/SUBCLIN.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO107 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

113 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO109 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

PO110 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO111 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

PO112 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO113 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

PO114 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO115 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

PO116 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO117 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

PO118 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO119 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

PO120 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO121 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

PO122 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO123 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

PO124 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO125 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

114 

Segment: LIN Item Identification

Position: 015

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify basic item identification data

Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required.

5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required.

6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required.

7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required.

8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required.

9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required.

10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required.

11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required.

12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required.

13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required.

14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification

Comments: 1 See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of IDs.

2 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item. 

For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: Use this segment to provide additional qualifier codes that further identify the product 

or service.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

Not Used LIN01 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

M LIN02 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

1. LIN02 through LIN31 are used in pairs, e.g., LIN02 contains a qualifier 

code and LIN03 contains data related to the code.

2. Any code other than code A8, EF, KB, and ZZ can be used, but the listed 

codes are preferred.

AK Refined Product Code

BL Brand/Label

Use to indicate the product's brand or model name, e.g., Trinitron is the Sony 

brand name for a TV or computer monitor

CG Commodity Grouping

Use to indicate a commodity code, e.g., the 2 position Federal Supply Group 

code.

CH Country of Origin Code

When used, cite the two position ISO 3166 country code in the following 234 

data element.

CL Color

DG Discount Grouping
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

115 

Use to indicate a discount group to which the line item pertains.

EN European Article Number (EAN)(2-5-5-1)

EQ Equipment Type

F1 Catalog Number

Use to indicate a catalog number that identifies the product. 

F7 End-Item Description 

Use to indicate the end item to which the ordered item applies.

F8 Next Higher Used Assembly

Use to indicate the next higher assembly to which the ordered item applies.

FS National Stock Number

The NSN shall be transmitted without dashes.

FT Federal Supply Classification

Use to indicate the 4 position Federal Supply Classification code or Product 

Service code

HI HIBC (Health Industry Bar Code)

IN Buyer's Item Number

Use to indicate a locally assigned code for a product or service whenever 

stock number does not apply.

KA Engineering Data List

Use to indicate the Engineering Data List that contains technical 

information related to the CLIN or SUBCLIN.

KD Replacement National Stock Number

KF Item Type Number

KG Time Compliant Technical Order

KI Cognizance Symbol

KJ Material Control Code

KK Special Material Identification Code

KL Item Management Code

KM Shelf-Life Code

KN Shelf-Life Action Code

LT Lot Number

MF Manufacturer

When used, cite the DUNS number of the manufacturer in the following data 

element.

MG Manufacturer's Part Number

When used, a second 235/234 pair must be used citing either code MF or ZB.

MN Model Number

N1 National Drug Code in 4-4-2 Format

N2 National Drug Code in 5-3-2 Format

N3 National Drug Code in 5-4-1 Format

N4 National Drug Code in 5-4-2- Format

ND National Drug Code (NDC)

PA Pattern Number

PD Part Number Description

Use to indicate the noun nomenclature of the item.

PI Purchaser's Item Code

Use to indicate a GSA Special Item Number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

116 

PU Part Reference Number

Use to indicate a part number assigned by an industry (not related to a 

specific manufacturer). Do not use for National Drug Codes.

RC Returnable Container No.

Use to indicate an NSN, manufacturer's part number, or other identifying 

number (except a serial number) of a returnable container. The serial 

number of a returnable container will be carried in the REF segment with 

code RS.

SN Serial Number

Use to indicate the serial number of the item cited in PO101. For example, 

the serial number of an aircraft engine that is to be repaired.

SV Service Rendered

Use to indicate (in text) the service being ordered.

SW Stock Number

Use to indicate a local stock number.

SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code (NRMA)

Use to indicate the size of an item being ordered.

UA U.P.C//EAN Case Code (2-5-5)

UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5)

UK U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)

UP U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1)

UX Universal Product Number

VP Vendor's (Seller's) Part Number

Use to indicate a part number assigned by a contractor other than a 

manufacturer.

ZB Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code

Use to indicate a manufacturer who can be identified by a CAGE code.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

M LIN03 234 Product/Service ID M AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN04 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN05 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN06 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN07 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN08 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN09 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

117 

LIN10 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN11 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN12 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN13 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN14 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN15 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN16 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN17 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN18 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN19 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN20 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN21 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN22 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN23 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN24 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN25 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN26 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

118 

LIN27 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN28 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN29 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

LIN30 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in 

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

LIN31 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

119 

Segment: CUR Currency

Position: 020

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction

Syntax Notes: 1 If CUR08 is present, then CUR07 is required.

2 If CUR09 is present, then CUR07 is required.

3 If CUR10 is present, then at least one of CUR11 or CUR12 is required.

4 If CUR11 is present, then CUR10 is required.

5 If CUR12 is present, then CUR10 is required.

6 If CUR13 is present, then at least one of CUR14 or CUR15 is required.

7 If CUR14 is present, then CUR13 is required.

8 If CUR15 is present, then CUR13 is required.

9 If CUR16 is present, then at least one of CUR17 or CUR18 is required.

10 If CUR17 is present, then CUR16 is required.

11 If CUR18 is present, then CUR16 is required.

12 If CUR19 is present, then at least one of CUR20 or CUR21 is required.

13 If CUR20 is present, then CUR19 is required.

14 If CUR21 is present, then CUR19 is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for examples detailing the use of the CUR segment.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify the foreign currency in which the monetary values for 

the line item are stated. The default currency is always US dollars. Do not use this 

segment when the line item monetary values are stated in US dollars. (Note: DoD 

applications always cite US dollars in the 2/AMT/600 segment when AMT01 is code 

KC).

2. When the line item monetary values are in a foreign currency, use also to identify 

the exchange rate between US dollars and the foreign currency. 

3. This segment also may be used to identify the foreign currency in which payment 

for the line item is to be made, if the currency is different that the currency in which 

the entire award instrument is issued or in which the line item monetary values are 

stated.

4. Both this segment and the 1/CUR/040 segment may be present in the transaction set 

under the following conditions: 1. When the entire award instrument is issued in a 

foreign currency but line items are to be paid in a different foreign currency, or 2. 

When payment for all of the line items is to be made in one foreign currency but 

monetary values for some line items are stated in a different foreign currency.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M CUR01 98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual

BY Buying Party (Purchaser)

Use to indicate the currency identified in CUR02 is the 

currency in which monetary values for the line item 

are stated. 

PR Payer

Use to indicate the currency identified in CUR02 is the 

currency in which payment for the line item is 

authorized and will be made.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

120 

M CUR02 100 Currency Code M ID 3/3

Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified

Use to identify the currency applicable to the code cited in CUR01.

CUR03 280 Exchange Rate O R 4/10

Value to be used as a multiplier conversion factor to convert monetary value 

from one currency to another

When CUR01 is code BY, use to identify the exchange rate between US 

dollars and the currency in which line item monetary values are stated. 

CUR04 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual

PR Payer

Use to indicate the currency identified in CUR05 is the 

currency in which payment for the line item is 

authorized and will be made.

CUR05 100 Currency Code O ID 3/3

Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified

Use to identify the currency in which payment is authorized and will be 

made.

Not Used CUR06 669 Currency Market/Exchange Code O ID 3/3

Code identifying the market upon which the currency exchange rate is based

Not Used CUR07 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Not Used CUR08 373 Date O DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used CUR09 337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used CUR10 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Not Used CUR11 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used CUR12 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used CUR13 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Not Used CUR14 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used CUR15 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used CUR16 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Not Used CUR17 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used CUR18 337 Time X TM 4/8
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

121 

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used CUR19 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Not Used CUR20 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used CUR21 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

122 

Segment: CN1 Contract Information

Position: 025

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify basic data about the contract or contract line item

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 CN102 is the contract amount.

2 CN103 is the allowance or charge percent.

3 CN104 is the contract code.

4 CN106 is an additional identifying number for the contract.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify the type of pricing arrangement that is applicable to a 

specific line item if it differs from the pricing arrangement applicable to the entire 

award instrument. BEG09 identifies the pricing arrangement applicable to the entire

award instrument. BEG09 and the 2/CN1/025 segment can both be included in the 

transaction set if needed.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M CN101 1166 Contract Type Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying a contract type

CA Cost Plus Incentive Fee (With Performance Incentives)

CH Cost Sharing

CS Cost

CW Cost Plus Award Fee

CX Cost Plus Fixed Fee

CY Cost Plus Incentive Fee

FB Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (With Performance 

Incentive)

FC Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (Without Performance 

Incentive)

FD Fixed Price Redetermination

Use to indicate a prospective fixed price 

redetermination award line item.

FF Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (With 

Performance Incentive)

FG Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (Without 

Performance Incentive)

FH Fixed Price Award Fee

FJ Fixed Price Level of Effort

FK No Cost

FM Retroactive Fixed Price Redetermination

FR Firm Fixed Price

FX Fixed Price with Economic Price Adjustment

LH Labor Hours

TM Time and Materials

Not Used CN102 782 Monetary Amount O R 1/18

Monetary amount

Not Used CN103 332 Percent O R 1/6

Percent expressed as a percent
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

123 

Not Used CN104 127 Reference Identification O AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used CN105 338 Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6

Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if 

an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date

Not Used CN106 799 Version Identifier O AN 1/30

Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

124 

Segment: PO3 Additional Item Detail

Position: 030

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 25

Purpose: To specify additional item-related data involving variations in normal price/quantity 

structure

Syntax Notes: 1 If PO304 is present, then at least one of PO303 or PO305 is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 Some examples of price/quantity variations are: price in different units from the PO1 

segment, price changes by date, or price changes by quantity (break and level).

2 PO307 defines the unit of measure for PO306.

Notes: Use this segment to provide additional information applicable to the CLIN, SUBCLIN, 

or ELIN specified in PO101.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PO301 371 Change Reason Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the reason for price or quantity change

AQ Alternate Quantity and Unit of Measure

Use to indicate that the CLIN, SUBCLIN, or ELIN has 

alternate quantity and unit of measure (e.g., PO102/03 

could cite 10,000 LB and PO306/07 could cite 10 SH. 

Both quantities and units of measure are applicable to 

the item being purchased - steel plates).

EV Estimated Quantity

Use to indicate the quantity for the CLIN, SUBCLIN, 

or ELIN cited in PO101 is an estimate.

Not Used PO302 373 Date O DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Not Used PO303 236 Price Identifier Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying pricing specification

Not Used PO304 212 Unit Price O R 1/17

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc.

Not Used PO305 639 Basis of Unit Price Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item

M PO306 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Due to the mandatory nature of this data element, when PO301 is code EV, 

repeat the quantity cited in PO102.

M PO307 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. Due to the mandatory nature of this data element, when PO301 is code 

EV, repeat the unit of measure cited in PO103.

3. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used PO308 352 Description O AN 1/80
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

125 

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

126 

Segment: CTP Pricing Information

Position: 040

Loop: CTP Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify pricing information

Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required.

2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required.

3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required.

4 If CTP10 is present, then CTP02 is required.

5 If CTP11 is present, then CTP03 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90 

would be the factor if a 10% discount is given.

2 CTP08 is the rebate amount.

Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03 and CTP04.

 See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03, CTP04 and 

CTP07.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify various prices for the CLIN, SUBCLIN, or ELIN cited in 

PO101 for a basic award instrument, e.g., requirements, indefinite quantity, etc. These 

include prices for a step ladder quantities or for delivery to various geographic 

locations (zones).

2. Example of step ladder quantity prices for quantities 1-10, 11-20, 21-30, and 31-50:

CTP**PBQ**1*EA n/l

CTP**ICL*25.00*10*EA n/l

CTP**ICL*24.50*20*EA n/l

CTP**ICL*23.50*30*EA n/l

CTP**MAX*22.00*50*EA n/l

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

Not Used CTP01 687 Class of Trade Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating class of trade

CTP02 236 Price Identifier Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying pricing specification

Use to identify the different prices for a line item.

ICL Unit Price Through Quantity

1. Use to indicate the end of a quantity range 

applicable to step ladder pricing.

2. Use in conjunction with codes PBQ and MAX for 

step ladder pricing. Step ladder pricing is defined as 

the price specified for the quantity range containing 

the quantity purchased, applying to all the items 

purchased. Use of codes ICL, MAX and PBQ is in 

contrast to use of code PAQ which identifies quantities 

at which different prices are applied.

LPP Lease to Purchase Price

MAX Maximum Order Quantity Price

1. Use for step ladder pricing to indicate the quantity 

above which the price will not change.

2. Use in conjunction with codes ICL and PBQ for 

step ladder pricing. Step ladder pricing is defined as 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

127 

step ladder pricing. Step ladder pricing is defined as 

the price specified for the quantity range containing

the quantity purchased, applying to all the items 

purchased. Use of codes ICL, MAX and PBQ is in 

contrast to use of code PAQ which identifies quantities 

at which different prices are applied.

PAQ Price Break Quantity(s)

Use to indicate a quantity where an incremental price 

break occurs. For example, if price breaks occur at 

quantities 11, 21, 31, etc., then for a purchase quantity 

of 25, the first 10 units are at the first price, the next 

10 units are at the second price and the last 5 units are 

at the third price. This is in contrast to step ladder 

prices where all 25 units are one price. 

PBQ Unit Price Beginning Quantity

1. Use to indicate the beginning of a quantity range 

applicable to step ladder pricing.

2. Use in conjunction with codes ICL and MAX for 

step ladder pricing. Step ladder pricing is defined as 

the price specified for the quantity range containing 

the quantity purchased, applying to all the items 

purchased. Use of codes ICL, MAX and PBQ is in 

contrast to use of code PAQ which identifies quantities 

at which different prices are applied.

RPP Replacement Price

Use to indicate the acquisition cost to replace the item 

identified in the 2/PO1/010 segment being repaired or 

overhauled.

SPC Special Price

1. Use to indicate that the line item unit price cited in 

PO104, is a special price authorized by a 

representative of the selling party.

2. When used, identify the authorizing party either in 

the 1/PER/360 or 2/PER/110 segment citing code 1A 

in PER01 and provide a special price authorization 

number either in the 1/REF/350 or 2/REF/100 

segment citing code 9B in REF01.

3. DO NOT use CTP03 when this code is used.

ZNP Zone Price

Use to indicate the price for delivery to a zone cited in 

CTP10. This is the total price of the item and is based 

on standard commercial packaging.

CTP03 212 Unit Price X R 1/17

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc.

When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 or the 2/CUR/020 segment cites code BY, the 

monetary amount identified in this data element is expressed in the foreign 

currency identified in CUR02 of the associated segment. In all other 

instances, the monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

CTP04 380 Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

CTP05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples 

of use)
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

128 

M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. A conversion table may be required to convert agency codes to ASC X12 

codes.

 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a mu ltiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used CTP06 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier O ID 3/3

Code indicating the type of price multiplier

Not Used CTP07 649 Multiplier X R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used CTP08 782 Monetary Amount O R 1/18

Monetary amount

Not Used CTP09 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item

CTP10 499 Condition Value O AN 1/10

Identifies rate restrictions or provisions

When CTP02 is code ZNP, identify the applicable zone to which the price in 

CTP03 applies.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

129 

CTP03 applies.

CTP11 289 Multiple Price Quantity O N0 1/2

Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00

When the price cited in CTP03 is the price for more than a single item, e.g., 3 

for $10, identify the applicable quantity in this data element.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

130 

Segment: MEA Measurements

Position: 049

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 40

Purpose: To specify physical measurements or counts, including dimensions, tolerances, variances, 

and weights (See Figures Appendix for example of use of C001)

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of MEA03 MEA05 MEA06 or MEA08 is required.

2 If MEA05 is present, then MEA04 is required.

3 If MEA06 is present, then MEA04 is required.

4 If MEA07 is present, then at least one of MEA03 MEA05 or MEA06 is required.

5 Only one of MEA08 or MEA03 may be present.

Semantic Notes: 1 MEA04 defines the unit of measure for MEA03, MEA05, and MEA06.

Comments: 1 When citing dimensional tolerances, any measurement requiring a sign (+ or -), or 

any measurement where a positive (+) value cannot be assumed, use MEA05 as the 

negative (-) value and MEA06 as the positive (+) value.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to provide measurement information that applies to a specific line 

item. Use the 1/MEA/200 segment to provide information that applies to all of the line 

items.

2. This segment can be used to specify the variations in quantity permitted; warranty 

periods; and for a basic type award instrument, e.g., a requirements, a BPA, an 

indefinite quantity type award instrument, etc., the minimum/maximum quantity per 

order, the maximum that may be ordered during a specified time period, the minimum 

and maximum obligations of the government and contractor.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

MEA01 737 Measurement Reference ID Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the broad category to which a measurement applies

Use any code.

BT Batch Limits

When BEG02 is code KB, KD, KE, KI, KQ, or KR, use to indicate the 

minimum and maximum limits of the Government's obligation to order 

either in terms of dollars or quantity under a basic type award instrument. 

When BEG02 is code KT or RL, use to indicate the minimum and maximum 

limits of the Governments obligation to order either in terms of dollars or 

quantity under the specific Task Order or Delivery Order. Use MEA04-

C00101 to identify the unit of measure (dollars, each, etc.) and use 

MEA05/06 to specify the minimum and the maximum.

LT Lot Limits

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits of the contractor's 

obligation either in terms of dollars or quantity to deliver under a basic type 

award instrument. Do not use for a purchase order or a delivery order. Use 

MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit of measure (dollars, each, etc.) and use 

MEA05/06 to specify the minimum and the maximum.

OL Order Limits

Use to indicate the maximum that the Government may order from a basic 

type award instrument in a specified time period. Do not use for a purchase 

order or a delivery order. Use MEA03 to identify the quantity, MEA04-

C00101 to identify the unit of measure, and MEA04-C00104 to identify the 

time period.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

131 

PM Permitted

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum quantity or dollars permitted per 

order against a basic type procurement instrument. Use MEA04-C00101 to 

identify the unit of measure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify 

the minimum and the maximum.

QV Quantity Variation

Use to indicate variations in quantity that are permitted. When the quantity 

variation is expressed as a discrete quantity, cite in MEA04-01, the same 

code cited in PO103 of the 2/PO1/010 loop, and specify the quantity under 

and/or over in MEA05/06. If the quantity variation is expressed as a percent, 

cite code P1 in MEA04-01.

WR Warranty

Use to indicate a warranty period. 

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

MEA02 738 Measurement Qualifier O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific product or process characteristic to which a 

measurement applies

Use any code.

MX Maximum

When MEA01 is code OL, use to indicate the maximum amount that can be 

ordered in a specified period of time. 

RY Ratio

When CN101 is code CA, CH, CY, FB, FC, FF, or FG, use to indicate the 

Government and contractor share ratio. Identify the Government share in 

MEA05 and the contractor share in MEA06.

TT Time

Use to indicate the length of a warranty period. Specify the length of the time 

period in MEA03 and the time period in MEA04-C00101.

ZZZ Mutually defined

Use this code to indicate minimum guarantee award quantity percentage, 

minimum guarantee award quantity/amount, maximum ceiling award 

quantity/amount, and minimum guarantee award amount percentage. 

When this code is used to specify minimum guarantee award quantity or 

maximum ceiling award quantity, cite code EA in MEA04-01, the minimum 

quantity in MEA05 or the maximum quantity in MEA06. To specify 

minimum guarantee award amount or maximum ceiling award amount, cite 

code DO in MEA04-01, the minimum amount in MEA05 or the maximum 

amount in MEA06. To specify minimum guarantee award amount 

percentage, cite code DO in MEA04-01, code P1 in MEA04-04, and the 

minimum amount percentage in MEA05. To specify minimum guarantee 

award quantity percentage, cite code EA in MEA04-01, code P1 in MEA04-

04, and the minimum quantity percentage in MEA05.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

MEA03 739 Measurement Value X R 1/20

The value of the measurement

MEA04 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples 

of use)

1. This composite unit of measure can be used to indicate the maximum that 

may be ordered during a specified period of time under a basic type award 

instrument and to specify the minimum guaranteed award amount/quantity 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

132 

instrument and to specify the minimum guaranteed award amount/quantity 

percentage. 

2. For example: If the maximum that can be ordered per quarter is 10,000 

each, then MEA01 would cite code OL, MEA02 would cite MX, MEA03 

would cite 10,000, MEA04-C00101 would cite EA, and MEA04-4 would cite 

Q1.

3. To specify the minimum guarantee award amount/quantity percentage, 

cite code ZZZ in MEA02, either code DO or EA in MEA04-01 and code P1 

in MEA04-04.

M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. When MEA01 is code QV, The code cited in MEA04-01 MUST be code P1 

or the same code cited in PO103 of the PO1 loop.

3. Use code M4 to indicate the foreign currency identified in the 1/CUR/040 

or the 2/CUR/020 segment when CUR01 cites code BY.

4. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

133 

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

MEA05 740 Range Minimum X R 1/20

The value specifying the minimum of the measurement range

1. When MEA01 is code QV, use to specify the variation in quantity under.

2. When MEA01 is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the minimum amount 

or quantity.

3. When MEA02 is RY, use to specify the Government share.

4. When MEA02 is code ZZZ, MEA04-01 is code EA and MEA04-04 is code 

P1, use to specify the minimum guarantee award quantity percentage.

5. When MEA02 is code ZZZ and MEA04-01 is code EA, use to specify the 

minimum guarantee award quantity.

6. When MEA02 is code ZZZ, MEA04-01 is code DO and MEA04-04 is code 

P1, use to specify the minimum guarantee award amount percentage.

7. When MEA02 is code ZZZ and MEA04-01 is code DO, use to specify the 

minimum guarantee award amount.

8. Percents will be cited as follows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be 

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

MEA06 741 Range Maximum X R 1/20

The value specifying the maximum of the measurement range

1. When MEA01 is code QV, use to specify the variation in quantity over.

2. When MEA01 is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the maximum 

amount or quantity.

3. When MEA02 is RY, use to specify the contractor share.

4. When MEA02 is code ZZZ and MEA04-01 is code EA, use to specify the 

maximum ceiling award quantity.

5. When MEA02 is code ZZZ and MEA04-01 is code DO, use to specify the 

maximum ceiling award amount.

6. Percents will be cited as follows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be 

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

Not Used MEA07 935 Measurement Significance Code O ID 2/2

Code used to benchmark, qualify or further define a measurement value

Not Used MEA08 936 Measurement Attribute Code X ID 2/2

Code used to express an attribute response when a numeric measurement value 

cannot be determined

Not Used MEA09 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

134 

Not Used MEA10 1373 Measurement Method or Device O ID 2/4

The method or device used to record the measurement
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

135 

Segment: PID Product/Item Description

Position: 050

Loop: PID Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format

Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required.

2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required.

3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required.

4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required.

5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to.

2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes.

3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A 

"Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does 

not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05.

Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then PID04 is used. If 

PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.

2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in 

the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: Use this segment to provide information applicable to a specific line item. Use the 

1/PID/190 segment when the information applies to all of the line items.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PID01 349 Item Description Type M ID 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

PID02 750 Product/Process Characteristic Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic

Use any code other than codes 32 or OC.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

EP United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

FG Federal Government

When this code is used, the code contained in PID04 

comes from the Federal EDI Coding Manual, Federal 

Procurement Code List One (FP1). This code list can 

be found at http://www.fedebiz.gov, under Resources, 

Related Documents.

PID04 751 Product Description Code X AN 1/12

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product 

characteristic

When PID03 is code FG, cite one of the following codes from FP1 of the 

Federal EDI Coding Manual in this data element. The EDI Coding Manual 

can be found at http://www. fedebiz.gov, under Resources, Related 

Documents.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

136 

MAF First Article

When this code is cited, FAR clauses 52.209-3 or 52.209-4 or similar clauses 

may apply.

MFD Incremental Funding Item

MMY Multiyear Contract Action/Item

MPL Production Lot Test Unit

When this code is cited, FAR clauses 52.209-3 or 52.209-4 or similar clauses 

may apply.

MPN Option Item

MPS Pre-Production Sample

MPV Provisioned Item

PID05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

Not Used PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described

Not Used PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

Not Used PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response

Not Used PID09 819 Language Code O ID 2/3

Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list 

maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639)
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

137 

Segment: PWK Paperwork

Position: 070

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 25

Purpose: To identify the type or transmission or both of paperwork or supporting information

Syntax Notes: 1 If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 PWK05 and PWK06 may be used to identify the addressee by a code number.

2 PWK07 may be used to indicate special information to be shown on the specified 

report.

3 PWK08 may be used to indicate action pertaining to a report.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to provide paperwork information that applies to a specific line 

item. Use the 1/PWK/210 segment to specify paperwork that is applicable to all of the 

line items.

2. Use this segment to identify paperwork required to pass between the buyer and the 

seller and how that paperwork will be transmitted.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PWK01 755 Report Type Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item

Use to identify the type of paperwork that is being provided to or must be 

provided by the contractor.

25 Purchase Plan

Use to indicate a make or buy plan.

35 Subcontractor Plan

AE Attachment

Use to indicate some additional document, e.g., list of 

Government furnished property, related to this award 

instrument is being sent by means other than within 

the transaction set. Specify the nature of the 

document in PWK07.

C1 Cost Data Summary

Use to indicate non-certified cost and price data.

C5 Certified Cost and Price Data

C6 Wage Determination

When used, identify the Wage Determination number 

in the 2/REF/100 segment using code 2Y in REF01.

CP Certificate of Compliance (Material Certification)

Use to indicate a Certificate of Conformance.

CX Cost/Schedule Status Report (C/SSR)

CY Contract Funds Status Report (CFSR)

DW Drawing(s)

F1 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 1

F2 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 2

F3 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 3

F4 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 4

F5 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 5

IT Certified Inspection and Test Results
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

138 

KA Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL)

Use to indicate that an attachment applicable to a 

Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) will be 

provided.

MR Material Inspection and Receiving Report

MS Material Safety Data Sheet

PD Proof of Delivery

PJ Purchasing Specification

Use to indicate a Statement of Work (SOW).

PM Proof of Insurance

RD Payment Bond

When used, identify the amount of the bond in the 

2/AMT/600 segment citing code B0 in AMT01

RE Performance Bond

When used, identify the amount of the bond in the 

2/AMT/600 segment citing code 9E in AMT01.

SN Shipping Notice

SP Specification

TO Demand Report

Use to indicate a Contract Data Requirement List 

(CDRL) deliverable.

US "BUY AMERICA" Certification of Compliance

PWK02 756 Report Transmission Code O ID 1/2

Code defining timing, transmission method or format by which reports are to 

be sent

While any listed code can be used, code EL is preferred when the indicated 

paperwork can be provided electronically using one of the transaction sets 

specifically designed for the purpose.

BM By Mail

Use to indicate transmittal via the USPS.

CF Courier

Use to indicate transmittal via commercial express 

courier, e.g. Federal Express Service.

DA Data

Use to indicate other forms of electronic transfer. 

When used, identify the other form in PWK07.

EL Electronically Only

Use to indicate that data was sent by a separate EDI 

transaction set. When used, identify the unique 

number of the transaction set in REF02 of the 

2/REF/100 segment citing code TN in REF01.

EM E-Mail

FT File Transfer

When PWK08-01 is code PV, use to indicate an FTP 

site. Provide the FTP address in PWK07.

FX By Fax

IA Electronic Image

Use, in conjunction with PWK08-01, code PV, to 

indicate the World Wide Web. When used, provide the 

Universal Resource Locator (URL) where information 

is to be obtained in PWK07.

WS With Shipment (With Package)

PWK03 757 Report Copies Needed O N0 1/2
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

139 

The number of copies of a report that should be sent to the addressee

The number of copies is assumed to be 1 unless a greater number is specified 

in this data element.

PWK04 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual

Use to identify the recipient of the paperwork. If there is more than one 

recipient for the same paperwork item, use multiple repetitions of the PWK 

segment with the same report code in PWK01. Provide the address of the 

recipient in either the 1/N1/310 or 2/N1/350 segment and/or the 

communications number of the recipient in either the 1/PER/360 or 

2/PER/400 segment.

7D Contracting Officer Representative

7P Transportation Office

BY Buying Party (Purchaser)

Use to indicate the contracting officer.

C4 Contract Administration Office

HMI Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) Recipient

Use in conjunction with PWK01 code MS to indicate 

the Agency's Hazardous Material Information System 

(HMIS) central focal point to whom Material Safety 

Data Sheets are to be sent. 

IS Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

Use when PWK01 is code IT or MR.

KF Audit Office

KG Project Manager

Use to indicate the party responsible for a project to 

include the advisor under a Grant.

KY Technical Office

PA Party to Receive Inspection Report

PC Party to Receive Cert. of Conformance (C.A.A.)

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ZD Party to Receive Reports

Not Used PWK05 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification 

Code (67)

Not Used PWK06 67 Identification Code X AN 2/80

Code identifying a party or other code

PWK07 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use only if necessary to provide additional information or instructions 

applicable to a specific paperwork item.

2. When PWK02 is code DA, use to identify the other form of electronic 

transfer.

3. When PWK02 is code FT or IA, used to identify the URL.

4. When PWK01 is code AE, use to identify the attachment.

5. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

PWK08 C002 Actions Indicated O

Actions to be performed on the piece of paperwork identified
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

140 

M C00201 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code M ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK 

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

2 Report to be Filed

When PWK01 is code 25, 35, C1, C5, CP, CX, CY, F1, 

F2, F3, F4, F5, IT, MR, MS, PD, PM, RD, RE, SN, 

TO or US, indicate the specified paperwork is required 

to be provided by the contractor.

PV Provided

When PWK01 is code AE, C6, DW, KA, PJ, or SP, use 

to indicate the specified paperwork will be provided by 

the buyer.

Not Used C00202 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK 

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

Not Used C00203 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK 

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

Not Used C00204 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK 

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

Not Used C00205 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK 

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

Not Used PWK09 1525 Request Category Code O ID 1/2

Code indicating a type of request
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

141 

Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details

Position: 090

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item

Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required.

2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required.

3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required.

5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required.

6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required.

7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required.

8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required.

9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required.

10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages 

within the layers of packaging. Relative Position 1 (value R1) is the innermost 

package.

2 PO416 is the package identifier or the beginning package identifier in a range of 

identifiers.

3 PO417 is the ending package identifier in a range of identifiers.

4 PO418 is the number of packages in this layer.

Comments: 1 PO403 - The "Unit or Basis for Measure Code" in this segment position is for 

purposes of defining the pack (PO401) /size (PO402) measure which indicates the 

quantity in the inner pack unit. For example: If the carton contains 24 12-Ounce 

packages, it would be described as follows: Data element 356 = "24"; Data element 

357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".

2 PO413 defines the unit of measure for PO410, PO411, and PO412.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify the weight, cube, or dimensions of the unit or 

intermediate pack; the unit pack quantity or intermediate container quantity; to 

indicate that palletized loads are required; or to indicate that shrink wrap is required. 

To specify the unit pack quantity, use PO401 and PO404 (code UNT). If there are 50 

pairs in a unit container, PO401 would cite 50 and PO404 would cite code UNT. 

2. If it is necessary to specify not only the quantity of items in a unit container, but 

also the size and unit of measure of those items, use PO401, PO402, PO403 and 

PO404. In this instance, if there are 24, 12 ounce bottles in the unit container, PO401 

would cite 24, PO402 would cite 12, PO403 would cite code OZ and PO404 would cite 

code UNT. In either of these examples, the number of unit containers in an 

intermediate container would be carried in PO414. If only the quantity per 

intermediate container is required, use code INT in PO404 and cite the quantity in 

PO414.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

PO401 356 Pack O N0 1/6

The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner 

containers, per outer container

1. Use to identify the unit pack quantity. Cite the actual quantity or cite one 

of the following to identify a special condition applicable to the unit pack 

quantity.

2. Cite the number 777777 to indicate a bulk quantity (MIL-STD 2073-1C 

code BLK).
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

142 

3. Cite the number 888888 to indicate "Packager's option as long as all 

other requirements are met" (MIL-STD 2073-1C code YYY).

4. Cite the number 999999 to indicate "Special requirements - refer to 

supplemental data, special instructions or drawings provided" (MIL-STD 

2073-1C code ZZZ).

PO402 357 Size X R 1/8

Size of supplier units in pack

Use only to identify the size of the individual items within a unit container.

PO403 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO404 103 Packaging Code X AN 3/5

Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2: 

Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code defining the type of weight

Use any code other than code Z.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack X R 1/9

Numeric value of gross weight per pack

Use to specify the weight of a container. The weight shall be provided to 1 

decimal point.

PO407 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack X R 1/9

Numeric value of gross volume per pack

Use to specify the cube of a container. The cube shall be provided to 3 

decimal places.

PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO410 82 Length X R 1/8

Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the 

upright position

PO411 189 Width X R 1/8
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

143 

Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the 

object in the upright position

PO412 65 Height X R 1/8

Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright 

position

Use to specify the depth of the container.

PO413 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO414 810 Inner Pack O N0 1/6

The number of eaches per inner container

1. Use to specify the quantity of unit containers in an intermediate container.

2. Cite the number 666666 to indicate "See Appendix B, MIL-STD 2073-1B" 

(MIL-STD 2073-1C code AAA).

3. Cite the number 777777 to indicate "See method of preservation" (MILSTD 2073-1C code XXX).

4. Cite the number 888888 to indicate "Packer's option as long as all other 

requirements are met" (MIL-STD 2073-1C code YYY).

5. Cite the number 999999 to indicate "Special requirements - see specific 

drawing or instruction provided" (MIL-STD 2073-1C code ZZZ).

Not Used PO415 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described

Not Used PO416 350 Assigned Identification X AN 1/20

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

Not Used PO417 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

Not Used PO418 1470 Number O N0 1/9

A generic number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

144 

Segment: REF Reference Identification

Position: 100

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify identifying information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify reference numbers that apply to a specific line item. Use 

the 1/REF/050 segment to identify reference numbers that apply to all of the line items.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

16 Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request (MIPR) 

Number

2E Foreign Military Sales Case Number

Use to indicate a Foreign Military Sale.

2S Catalog

2Y Wage Determination

Use to indicate a Department of Labor Wage 

Determination number. Use if the Wage 

Determination is passed by reference only or to 

identify the Wage Determination passed by some other 

means identified in the PWK segment.

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

Use to indicate the Statement of Work number or 

number within the Statement of Work where 

additional information can be found. If a Statement of 

Work is part of the award, the PWK segment can be 

used to indicate how the SOW is being provided.

82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference

83 Extended (or Exhibit) Line Item Number (ELIN)

97 Package Number

9B Repriced Line Item Reference Number

1. Use to indicate a special price authorization 

number. 

2. When used, code 1A should be used in PER01 in 

the 2/PER/110 segment and code SPC should be used 

in CTP02 in the 2/CTP/040 segment.

9G Department of Defense Form 250 Requirement Code

Use to indicate the inspection and acceptance 

requirements for a data item specified on a Contract 

Data Requirements List.

AH Agreement Number

Use to indicate a Union Agreement number.

BCI Basic Contract Line Item Number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

145 

Use to indicate a line item/sub line item number in the 

basic award instrument cited in BEG03 to which the 

line item in PO101 pertains.

BL Government Bill of Lading

DG Drawing Number

EV Receiver Identification Number

Use to indicate the requiring office, i.e., the technical 

office responsible for ensuring adequacy of the data 

required on a Contract Data Requirements List. Use 

an abbreviation of the activity, e.g., NICP, Navy 

Inventory Control Point.

HF Engineering Data List

IJ Standard Industry Classification (SIC) Code

IL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition 

(MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP document) number.

IQ End Item

Use to indicate an end item to which a line item 

pertains.

IX Item Number

Use to indicate a Federal supply schedule (FSS) 

special item number.

K0 Approval Code

Use to indicate the approval code on a Contract Data 

Requirements List.

KL Contract Reference

For a Contract Data Requirements List data item, use 

to indicate the reference in the contract that generates 

the requirement for the data item (e.g., Statement of 

Work paragraph).

KS Solicitation

Use to indicate the solicitation number that resulted in 

this award instrument. If applicable, concatenate the 

LAST amendment number with the solicitation 

number.

KV Distribution Statement Code

Use to indicate the code on a Contract Data 

Requirements List that specifies the distribution 

statement a contractor is to mark on a data item.

LT Lot Number

MU Military Specification (MILSPEC) Number

NI Military Standard (MIL-STD) Number

NJ Technical Document Number

NL Technical Order Number

P4 Project Code

Use to indicate the project number applicable to the 

line item.

PG Product Group

1. Use to indicate a North American Industrial 

Classification System (NAICS) code. When this code is 

used, the code cited in REF02 can be found at 

http://www.census.gov/epcd/www/naics.html.

2. The NAICS code MUST be 6 digits. If the NAICS 

code is less than 6 digits, add a trailing zero.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

146 

PH Priority Rating

Use to indicate the MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP 

priority rating.

PID Program Identification Number

PL Price List Number

Use to indicate a DLA Troop Support 

Distribution and Pricing Agreement number 

applicable to the line item.

PR Price Quote Number

Use to indicate the contractor's bid, quote or proposal 

number.

QC Product Specification Document Number

RQ Purchase Requisition No.

Use to indicate the Purchase Request (PR) number or 

Purchase Request Order Number (PRON). When 

citing a purchase request number, concatenate its line 

item number with the purchase request number if it is 

necessary to transmit both numbers.

RS Returnable Container Serial Number

S3 Specification Number

Use to indicate a specification number other than a 

MIL-SPEC. When used, cite the specification number 

in REF02 and identify the issuing activity in REF03.

T4 Signal Code

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TN Transaction Reference Number

1. Use to indicate the unique reference number of a 

related transaction set (e.g. an 841 transaction set 

carrying a related technical specification or drawing). 

Each transaction set has a unique number. In the 

case of the 841 transaction set, that number is carried 

in SPI02.

2. When used, cite the related transaction set's unique 

number in REF02 and cite the X12 transaction set 

designator of the related transaction set, e.g., 841, in 

REF03.

TP Test Specification Number

VQ Related Contract Line Item Number

Use to indicate a line item in the procurement 

instrument which relates to another line item, e.g., 

payment for the line item is dependent on approval of 

another line item.

VW Standard

Use to indicate a standard other than a Military 

Standard (MIL-STD). When used, cite the standard 

number in REF02, e.g., ASTM D3951, and, if 

necessary, further identify the standard in REF03.

W1 Disposal Turn-In Document Number

W2 Weapon System Number

Use to indicate the Weapon System Code.

W8 Suffix

Revised code W8 note as follows: Use to indicate a 

MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP requisition suffix 

number. This code can be used if there is ONLY one 

occurrence of the REF segment with code IL in 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

147 

occurrence of the REF segment with code IL in 

REF01.

WF Locally Assigned Control Number

WJ Pre-Award Survey

Use this code to indicate the number of a pre-award 

survey.

WL Federal Supply Classification Code

XC Cargo Control Number

Use to indicate the tracking number for bulk fuel 

being sent by a tanker vessel.

XE Transportation Priority Number

XY Other Unlisted Type of Reference Number

Use to indicate another type of reference number. 

When used, identify the nature of the number in 

REF03.

REF02 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

If the document has a revision or an extension, the document number and 

the revision or extension number should be concatenated and cited in this 

data element.

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use to carry additional information related to a reference number cited in 

REF02.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

Not Used REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

Not Used C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

148 

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact

Position: 110

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 3

Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed

Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to provide names and communication numbers for points of contact 

applicable to a line item and which are not associated with an address.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named

1A Review/Repricing Contact

1. Use to indicate an individual who authorized a one 

time special price for the line item in this PO1 loop, 

e.g., a spot pricing reduction from an existing contract 

or catalog price. In this instance, PER02 MUST be 

used. 

2. When used, code SPC should be used in CTP02 in 

the 2/CTP/040 segment within the P01 loop of the line 

items that are authorized a special price. If applicable, 

include the authorization number provided by the 

selling party in REF01 in the1/REF/350 or 

2/REF/100 segment citing code 9B in REF01.

AU Report Authorizer

1. Use to indicate the approver of a Contract Data 

Requirements List.

2. Use this code when PO106 code EF is used.

BD Buyer Name or Department

Use to indicate the Grants Management Specialist.

PI Preparer

1. Use to indicate the preparer of a Contract Data 

Requirements List.

2. Use this code when PO106 code EF is used.

PER02 93 Name O AN 1/60

Free-form name

Use to identify the name of a point of contact. Last name, followed by first 

name, is preferred. If the whole name is longer than 35 characters, the use 

of initials for the first name is recommended. PER09 may be used to cite the 

party's title or office symbol.

PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

AU Defense Switched Network

EM Electronic Mail
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

149 

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of 

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER04 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when 

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted 

as a continuous number with no extraneous characters. If an extension 

applies to the telephone number, concatenate the letter X plus the extension 

at the end of the number, e.g., 17035551212X123.

PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to identify a second communications number for the party cited in 

PER02. For example, if PER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can 

be used to cite a FAX number.

AU Defense Switched Network

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of 

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER06 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when 

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted 

as a continuous number with no extraneous characters. If an extension 

applies to the telephone number, concatenate the letter X plus the extension 

at the end of the number, e.g., 17035551212X123.

PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to identify a third communications number for the party cited in PER02.

AU Defense Switched Network

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of 

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER08 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when 

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted 

as a continuous number with no extraneous characters. If an extension 

applies to the telephone number, concatenate the letter X plus the extension 

at the end of the number, e.g., 17035551212X123.

PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

150 

Use, if necessary, to provide the title or office symbol of the party cited in 

PER02.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

151 

Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information

Position: 130

Loop: SAC Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount 

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required.

2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required.

5 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required.

6 If SAC13 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required.

7 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required.

8 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.

2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

 If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence.

3 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit.

4 SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is 

different from the purchase order or invoice quantity.

 SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar 

amount, that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

5 SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference 

number as identified by the code used.

6 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more 

than one option of the promotion.

7 SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15.

Comments: 1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or 

charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction to further the code in SAC02.

2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the 

actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on 

to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to as "Dollar Basis 

Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC10 using the qualifier "DO" -

Dollars in SAC09.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify services, allowances, or charges and, if applicable, 

quantities, that apply to specific line items. If the services, allowances, or charges 

apply to all of the line items, use the 1/SAC/120 segment.

2. When PO106 in the 2/PO1/010 segment is code ZZ, at least one iteration of this 

segment is REQUIRED, with SAC02 citing an appropriate code that identifies the 

purpose of the miscellaneous charge.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M ID 1/1

Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified

A Allowance

Use to indicate an allowance or a discount.

C Charge

N No Allowance or Charge

Use to indicate there is no charge for the specified 

service.

SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X ID 4/4
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

152 

Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Any code may be used. The following is a preferred list.

A310 Air Express Charge

A320 Air Transportation Charge

A480 Assembly

B180 Cleaning Charge

B870 Customs Charge

B940 Cutting Charge

C000 Defective Allowance

C240 Disconnect Charge

C260 Discount-Incentive

Use to indicate that the contractor offers a discount when payment is made 

using the government credit card. Identify the discount as a total monetary 

value in SAC05, or as a percent in SAC06/07, or as a monetary rate in 

SAC08.

C300 Discount-Special

Use to indicate an incremental quantity discount. An incremental quantity 

discount applies only to the quantity units within its specified range. 

Successive incremental discounts are applied against a total order quantity. 

For example, if different discounts are given for quantities, 1 -10, 11 - 20, 21 

- 30, etc., use of this code implies that for a quantity of25, the first discount 

applies to the first 10 units, the second discount applies to the next 10 units 

and the third discount applies to the last 5units.. Identify the percentage 

discount in SAC06/07 (citing code 5 inSAC06) or a monetary value discount 

in SAC08. Identify the quantity range in SAC10/11. This is contrast to the 

F910 step ladder discount that applies a single discount to the total line item 

quantity.

C310 Discount

Use to indicate a general discount not related to a quantity or purchase 

amount. Identify the percentage discount in SAC06/07 or a monetary value 

discount in SAC08. This general discount is not used in combination with 

C300 or F910. Do not include any general discount within the C300 or F910 

discount considerations.

C330 Distribution Fee

C370 Diversion Charge

C580 Emergency Service

C590 Emergency Surcharge

C830 Expanded Service

Use to indicate the cost for service beyond the basic area. Identify the cost in 

SAC05 and the area in SAC09/10/11.

C880 Expediting Premium

D170 Free Goods

Use to indicate a quantity provided at no cost if a specified quantity or 

monetary value is purchased, e.g., buy $100.00 and get 1 free; or buy 10, get 

1 free. When a monetary value is used, identify the "buy" monetary amount 

in SAC05. When a specified quantity is used, identify the "free" quantity in 

SAC10 and the "buy" quantity in SAC11.

D290 Full Truck allowance

D340 Goods and Services Charge.

D440 Groupage Discount

Use to indicate a discount applicable to a line item total purchase amount 

meeting or exceeding a specified threshold or range. Identify the percentage 

discount in SAC06/07 (citing code 2 in SAC06) or the monetary value 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

153 

discount in SAC06/07 (citing code 2 in SAC06) or the monetary value 

discount in SAC08. When a threshold is used, specify the threshold SAC10. 

When a range is used, specify the range in SAC10/11.

D500 Handling

D530 Hazardous Cargo Charge

D660 Hook-up charge

D820 Inside Delivery

D870 Inspection

D890 Installation and Training

D900 Installation

E340 Less Than Truckload (LTL) Charge

Use to indicate a charge for less than a full carload or truckload.

E400 Loading (Labor Charges)

E930 One-Day Service

F150 Packaging Service

F460 Postage

F560 Premium Transportation

F830 Proof of Delivery

Use to indicate a charge for the preparation of a DD Form 250.

F910 Quantity Discount

Use to indicate a step ladder discount applicable to a quantity range. The 

discount specified for the quantity range containing the total line item 

quantity is the discount to be applied to the unit price. Identify the percentage 

discount in SAC06/07 (citing code 5 in SAC06) or a monetary value discount 

in SAC08. Identify the quantity range in SAC10/11. This is contrast to the 

C300 incremental discount that applies to that portion of the total line item 

quantity within each increment.

G030 Reconnect Charge

G350 Rents and Leases

G470 Restocking Charge

G530 Rework

G580 Royalties

G600 Same-Day Service

G610 Saturday Delivery

G660 Scrap Allowance

G740 Service Charge

Use to indicate a basic charge for a service call. If the charge varies by 

distance, e.g., a set price within a 25 mile range, another price within a 50 

mile range, etc. use SAC09/10/11 to provide that information.

G760 Set-up

G870 Shrink Wrap Charge

H000 Special Allowance

H030 Special Credit

Use to indicate the portion of a lease amount that is credited toward the 

purchase price on an Lease With Option to Purchase (LWOP). Use 

SAC06/07 to identify a percent or SAC08 to identify a discrete amount.

H110 Special Packaging

H170 Special Tooling Charge

H430 Storage

H540 Supplemental Items

Use to indicate Contractor Acquired Parts (CAP).

H550 Surcharge 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

154 

H680 Tax - Governmental

H700 Tax - Local Tax

H770 Tax - State Tax

H850 Tax 

H990 Testing Services Charge

I260 Transportation Direct Billing

I330 Two-Day Service

I380 Unloading (Labor Charges)

I590 Warranties

ZZZZ Use to indicate a training charge.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Not Used SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X AN 1/10

Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or 

charge

SAC05 610 Amount O N2 1/15

Monetary amount

1. When SAC02 is code D170, identify the "buy" monetary value to obtain 

free goods, if applicable. For all other SAC02 codes, see semantic note 2.

2. When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 or the 2/CUR/020 segment cites code BY, 

the monetary amount identified in this data element is expressed in the 

foreign currency identified in CUR02 of the associated segment. In all other 

instances, the monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

SAC06 378 Allowance/Charge Percent Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated

2 Item Net Cost

Use to indicate a percentage applied to the line item 

total amount.

5 Base Price per Unit

Use to indicate a percentage applied to the line item 

unit price.

Z Mutually Defined

When SAC02 is code H030, use to indicate the credit 

percentage applied to a lease amount.

SAC07 332 Percent X R 1/6

Percent expressed as a percent

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3.

SAC08 118 Rate O R 1/9

Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency 

specified

1. See semantic note 3.

2. When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 or the 2/CUR/020 segment cites code BY, 

the monetary amount identified in this data element is expressed in the 

foreign currency identified in CUR02 of the associated segment. In all other 

instances, the monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. When code M4 is cited and CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 or 2/CUR/020 

segment cites code BY, the monetary amount in SAC10 shall be stated as the 

currency identified in CUR02.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

155 

currency identified in CUR02.

3. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

SAC10 380 Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

1. When SAC02 is code C300, use to identify the lower end of a quantity 

range that results in an incremental quantity discount.

2. When SAC02 is code C830, use to identify the minimum distance.

3. When SAC02 is code D170, use to identify the "free" quantity.

4. When SAC02 is code D440, use to identify the line item total purchase 

amount that results in a discount.

5. When SAC02 is code F910, use to identify the lower end of a quantity 

range that results in a step ladder discount.

6. When SAC02 is code G740, use to identify the distance applicable to a 

service charge, if appropriate.

7. When SAC02 is any other code, use to identify the quantity to which the 

charge, allowance, or discount applies. In most instances this quantity will 

be 1, but if a greater quantity applies, cite that quantity. 

SAC11 380 Quantity O R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

1. Use only if SAC10 is used. SAC10/11 are used together to identify a 

range except when SAC02 is code D170.

2. When SAC02 is code C300 or F910, use to identify the upper end of the 

quantity range associated with SAC10.

3. When SAC02 is code C830, use to identify the maximum distance, if 

applicable.

4. When SAC02 is code D170, use to identify the "buy" quantity, if 

applicable.

5. When SAC02 is any other code, use to identify the upper end of a quantity 

range to which the charge, allowance, or discount applies. 

Not Used SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge

SAC13 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

1. If the discount, allowance, charge, or no charge service applies to a 

specific delivery zone, identify the zone in this data element. The delivery 

zones and locations within each zone are identified in the1/N1/310 loop.

2. To comply with X12 syntax, if SAC14 contains data that is not applicable 

to a specific delivery zone, cite the word "ALL" in this data element.

SAC14 770 Option Number O AN 1/20

A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when 

more than one is offered

When SAC02 is code C300, D440, or F910, and the discount can be earned 

by combining quantities or purchase amounts from line items in a discount 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

156 

by combining quantities or purchase amounts from line items in a discount 

group, use this data element to identify the discount group, e.g., DG-A.

NOT REC SAC15 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use, if necessary, to provide text information related to the information 

provided within this segment.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set. 

Not Used SAC16 819 Language Code O ID 2/3

Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list 

maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639)
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

157 

Segment: CSH Sales Requirements

Position: 142

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify general conditions or requirements of the sale

Syntax Notes: 1 If CSH02 is present, then CSH03 is required.

2 If either CSH06 or CSH07 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either CSH09 or CSH10 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 CSH03 is the maximum monetary amount value which the order must not exceed.

2 CSH04 is the account number to which the purchase amount is charged.

3 CSH05 is the date specified by the sender to be shown on the invoice.

4 CSH06 identifies the source of the code value in CSH07.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to specify requirements that apply to a specific line item. When the 

requirements apply to all of the line items, use the 1/CSH/110 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

CSH01 563 Sales Requirement Code O ID 1/2

Code to identify a specific requirement or agreement of sale

P2 Ship As Soon As Possible

Use only with DTM01 or SCH05 code 996.

P4 Do Not Preship

Use only when DTM01 or SCH05 is code 064 or 106, 

or when LDT01 is code AY.

SC Ship Complete

Use to indicate partial shipments will not be accepted. 

The absence of this code indicates that partial 

quantities may be shipped.

SI Ship In-Place

CSH02 306 Action Code O ID 1/2

Code indicating type of action

B Cancel Balance of Order/Item that Exceeds Value 

Specified in Data Element 610

G Cancel Entire Order/Item

CSH03 610 Amount X N2 1/15

Monetary amount

1. Use to identify a maximum total line item amount, that if a contractor 

would exceed, shall result in the entire line item or balance of the line item 

that exceeds the maximum amount not being filled.

2: When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 or the 2/CUR/020 segment cites code BY, 

the monetary amount identified in this data element is expressed in the 

foreign currency identified in CUR02 of the associated segment. In all other 

instances, the monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

Not Used CSH04 508 Account Number O AN 1/35

Account number assigned

Not Used CSH05 373 Date O DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

CSH06 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

158 

AX ANSI Accredited Standards Committee, X12

CSH07 560 Special Services Code X ID 2/10

Code identifying the special service

Use to identify a special delivery condition.

NC Notify Consignee Before Delivery

Use to indicate that the consignee or other shipping 

contact must be notified in order to schedule a 

shipment. When used, provide the contact 

communication number in the 2/PER/400 segment 

citing code NT, for the shipping instructions contact, 

or RE, for the shipment scheduling contact, in PER01.

Not Used CSH08 566 Product/Service Substitution Code O ID 1/2

Code indicating product or service substitution conditions

Not Used CSH09 954 Percent X R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

Not Used CSH10 1004 Percent Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code to qualify percent
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

159 

Segment: INC Installment Information

Position: 165

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify installment billing arrangement

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 INC02 is the installment period (e.g., months).

2 INC03 is the total number of installments.

3 INC04 is the number of the current installment.

4 INC05 is the installment balance after the current installment is applied.

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify that recurring payments are authorized to be made by 

the paying office for the line item, and to identify the frequency of the payments, the 

maximum number of payments and the amount of the recurring payment. If the 

recurring payments apply to all of the line items, use the 1/INC/145 segment.

2. When this segment is used, at least two iterations of the 2/DTM/210 segment are 

REQUIRED with DTM01 citing codes 193 and 194.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M INC01 336 Terms Type Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying type of payment terms

04 Deferred or Installment

Use this code to indicate that recurring payments are 

authorized.

M INC02 C001 Composite Unit of Measure M

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples 

of use)

M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

MO Months

Q1 Quarter (Time)

YR Years

Not Used C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

160 

Not Used C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

M INC03 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Use this data element to specify the maximum number of recurring 

payments.

M INC04 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Due to the mandatory nature of this data element, always cite the number 1. 

The receiving application should disregard the data in this data element.

INC05 782 Monetary Amount O R 1/18

Monetary amount

1. Use this data element to specify the amount of the recurring payment. 

2. The amount shall be the same for each recurring payment but may be 

prorated based on a shorter period for any recurring payment. The prorated 

amounts shall be based on the period start/period end dates specified in 

DTM01 or SCH05 by codes 193/194.

3. When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 or the 2/CUR/020 segment cites code BY, 

the monetary amount identified in this data element is expressed in the 

foreign currency identified in CUR02 of the associated segment. In all other 

instances, the monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

161 

Segment: FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions

Position: 180

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment

Syntax Notes: 1 If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required.

2 If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required.

3 If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required.

4 If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 FOB01 indicates which party will pay the carrier.

2 FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location.

3 FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location.

4 FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may 

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07.

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify an FOB point and acceptance location for a specific line 

item. Use the 1/FOB/080 segment to specify an FOB point and acceptance location 

that applies to all the line items.

2. This segment is not used when the award instrument is for a service without 

deliverables or construction.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M FOB01 146 Shipment Method of Payment M ID 2/2

Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges

BP Paid by Buyer

Use to indicate a Government Bill of Lading (GBL) 

will be issued.

PE Prepaid and Summary Bill

Use when transportation charges are to be prepaid by 

the seller, are not included in the unit price, and are to 

be invoiced periodically.

PP Prepaid (by Seller)

Use to indicate that transportation charges are not 

included in the unit price but are prepaid and are to be 

added as a separate item on this instrument's invoice.

PS Paid by Seller

Use to indicate transportation charges are included in 

the unit price.

FOB02 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

Use to identify the FOB point.

DE Destination (Shipping)

FV Free Alongside Vessel (Free On Board [F.O.B.] Point)

IT Intermediate FOB Point

Use to indicate the FOB point is a freight forwarder. 

Provide the address in the N1 loop, citing code IF in 

N101.

KE Port of Embarkation

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is an overseas port 

of embarkation, either aerial or water, for delivery of 

Government furnished completed end items. Provide 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

162 

Government furnished completed end items. Provide 

the address in the N1 loop, citing code KX in N101.

KL Port of Loading

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is a port of loading. 

Provide the address in the N1 loop, citing code KX in 

N101.

KP Government Furnished Property FOB Point

Use to indicate that the FOB point is for delivery of 

Government Furnished Property. Provide the address 

in the N1 loop, citing code 7H in N101.

OA Origin (After Loading on Equipment)

Use to indicate FOB Origin with transportation 

charges prepaid by the seller and added as a separate 

item to the invoice. See FAR clause 52.247-32.

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

TM Terminal

1. Use to indicate that the FOB point for delivery 

outside the continental United States is located at a 

transportation terminal and not at origin or 

destination. FAR clauses 52.247-38, 52.247-39, or a 

similar FAR clause may apply.

2. When used, identify the FOB point in FOB03.

W Worldwide Geographic Location Code

Use to indicate the FOB point for deliveries within the 

continental United States is destination and the FOB 

point for deliveries outside the continental United 

States is origin.

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate an other FOB point, i.e., neither at 

origin nor at destination. Provide the address in the N1 

loop, citing code KX in N101.

FOB03 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

When FOB02 is code TM, use to identify the location of the FOB point. Cite 

the 5 position United Nations code for ports and other locations 

(UN/LOCODE) in accordance with the United Nations Location Code 

Manual.

Not Used FOB04 334 Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the transportation terms

Not Used FOB05 335 Transportation Terms Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation 

responsibility

FOB06 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

1. Use to identify the acceptance point. This code also identifies the 

inspection location when it is the same as the acceptance point.

2. When the inspection point differs, use the 2/LM/620 loop to identify the 

inspection point by coded means (Destination or Source). The 2/N1/350 

loop, citing code L1 in N101, may be used to identify the inspection location 

in N103/N104 or in N1-N4 as a full address.

DE Destination (Shipping)

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

ZZ Mutually Defined
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

163 

1. Use to indicate the acceptance point is neither at 

origin nor at destination. When both the acceptance 

and inspection points are the same location but neither 

origin nor destination, use the 2/N1/350 loop, citing 

code 7M in N101.

2. When both the acceptance and inspection points 

are at different locations but neither are origin nor 

destination, use the 2/N1/350 loop to provide the 

acceptance point address, citing code KZ in N101 and 

the inspection point in another iteration of the N1 

loop, citing code L1 in N101.

Not Used FOB07 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Not Used FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes

Not Used FOB09 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

164 

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference

Position: 210

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10

Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required.

2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required.

3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this segment to provide actual dates applicable to the line item. Use the 

1/DTM/150 segment when the dates apply to all of the line items.

2. Use this segment for delivery information when the required delivery can be 

specified as an actual date. If the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period 

after the occurrence of some event, use the 2/LDT/321 loop or the 2/LDT/462 loop if 

the delivery schedule is applicable to a named entity.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

002 Delivery Requested

Use when the delivery date of the order does not 

conform to the basic IDC instrument.

017 Estimated Delivery

063 Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a 

specified date and/or time.

064 Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a 

specified date and/or time.

077 Requested for Delivery (Week of)

When this code is used, cite the beginning day of the 

week.

106 Required By

Use to indicate delivery is due exactly on the date 

specified.

131 Item Contract Effective

Use with code RD8 in DTM05 to indicate the ordering 

period for a line item, e.g., a provisioned item. Specify 

the date range in DTM06.

174 Month Ending

Use to indicate delivery is required within the specified 

month. In DTM02, identify the month and cite the last 

calendar day of the month.

193 Period Start

1. Use to indicate the start of a period of performance 

or lease.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 194 in DTM01.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

165 

194 Period End

1. Use to indicate the end of a period of performance 

or lease.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 193 in DTM01.

275 Approved

Use to indicate the approval date of a Contract Data 

Requirements List.

277 Contract Definition

Use this code to indicate the date the Undefinitized 

Contract Action will be definitized.

283 Funds Appropriation - Start

1. Use this code to indicate the start of a funding 

period, e.g., for a grant.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 284 in DTM01.

284 Funds Appropriation - End

1. Use this code to indicate the end of a funding 

period, e.g., for a grant.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 283 in DTM01.

368 Submittal

When REF01 is code TN, use to indicate the date of a 

related transaction set.

375 Delivery Start

1. Use to indicate the start date/time for deliveries 

when the total quantity is to be delivered during a 

specified time period.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 376 in DTM01.

376 Delivery End

1. Use to indicate the end date/time for deliveries 

when the total quantity is to be delivered during a 

specified time period.

2. When this code is used, there must be another 

iteration of this segment citing code 375 in DTM01.

600 As Of

Use to indicate the "as of" date for submission of data.

601 First Submission

Use to indicate the date of the first submission of a 

data item specified by a Contract Data Requirements 

List.

602 Subsequent Submission

Use to indicate the date(s) of a subsequent 

submission(s) of a data item specified by a Contract 

Data Requirements List.

641 Option

Use with DTM02 to indicate the last date for the 

exercise of an option or with DTM05/06 to indicate the 

period during which the option may be exercised.

937 Department of Labor Wage Determination Date
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

166 

Use to indicate the date of a Department of Labor 

Wage Determination. If revisions or modifications are 

applicable to a Wage Determination, cite the date of 

the most recent revision or modification in DTM02.

947 Preparation

Use to indicate the preparation date of a Contract Data 

Requirements List.

994 Quote

When REF01 is code PR, use to indicate the date of 

the quote or offer.

996 Required Delivery

Use to indicate delivery is due on or before the 

specified date.

DTM02 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

DTM03 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, if applicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the 

HHMM format.

DTM04 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards 

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication 

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a 

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

Use only when DTM03 is used to express a time.

CT Central Time

ET Eastern Time

GM Greenwich Mean Time

LT Local Time

MT Mountain Time

PT Pacific Time

DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format

Use to qualify the format for a range of dates or times.

RD8 Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDCCYYMMDD

RTM Range of Time Expressed in Format HHMM-HHMM

DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times

When used to identify a time range for deliveries on a specified date, use code 

RTM in DTM06 to qualify a delivery time range, e.g., for March 30, 1994 

between 1:00 PM and 4:00 PM local time. Use DTM01/02 to convey the 

March 30, 1994 date.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

167 

Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

Position: 250

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12

Purpose: To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required.

2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

4 If TD510 is present, then TD511 is required.

5 If TD513 is present, then TD512 is required.

6 If TD514 is present, then TD513 is required.

7 If TD515 is present, then TD512 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 TD515 is the country where the service is to be performed.

Comments: 1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of 

specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party 

responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual 

routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Notes: Use this segment to identify the transportation method that is applicable to a specific 

line item. If the transportation method applies to all of the line items, use the 

1/TD5/240 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

Not Used TD501 133 Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement

TD502 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification 

Code (67)

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code 

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the number in 

TD503 is the DoDAAC of the pipeline.

TD503 67 Identification Code X AN 2/80

Code identifying a party or other code

TD504 91 Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

D Parcel Post

Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used TD505 387 Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the 

originating carrier's identity

Not Used TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any 

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item 

or transaction

Not Used TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

168 

Code identifying type of location

Not Used TD508 310 Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location

Not Used TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction

Not Used TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time

Not Used TD511 733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time

TD512 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered 

by the transportation carrier

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. When BEG12 is code 34, use to identify the transportation requirements 

to satisfy the Emergency Requirement.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used TD513 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered 

by the transportation carrier

Not Used TD514 284 Service Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered 

by the transportation carrier

Not Used TD515 26 Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

169 

Segment: TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

Position: 270

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5

Purpose: To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials 

information, or both

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required.

2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 TD405 identifies if a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) exists for this product. A 

"Y" indicates an MSDS exists for this product; an "N" indicates an MSDS does not 

exist for this product.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to provide special handling or hazardous material information that 

applies to a specific line item. If the information applies to all of the line items, use the 

1/TD4/260 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

TD401 152 Special Handling Code X ID 2/3

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions

Use any code, other than code EMR and ZZZ, but the listed codes are 

preferred.

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas

PMM P.M. Delivery Requirement

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

TD402 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209)

Use any code.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

TD403 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 1/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material

Not Rec. TD404 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

Not Used TD405 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

170 

Segment: PCT Percent Amounts

Position: 276

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To qualify percent amounts and supply percent amounts

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to carry percentages, other than those associated with a pricing 

arrangement, that apply to a specific line item. Use the 1/PCT/276 segment if the 

percentages apply to all of the line item.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PCT01 1004 Percent Qualifier M ID 1/2

Code to qualify percent

18 Percent of Value

Use to indicate the fee or profit percentage based on 

cost.

80 Percentage of Time

Use to indicate the fee or profit percentage based on 

hours.

EF Escalation Factor

Use when CN101 is code FX.

LM Limit

Use to indicate the percentage of the replacement price 

above which repair/overhaul of the item identified in 

the PO1 segment is not cost effective. The 

replacement price is specified in the 2/CTP/040 

segment. 

RG Progress Payment Rate

Use to indicate a Progress Payment Rate other than 

the customary rate.

RR Alternate Progress Payment Liquidation Rate

M PCT02 954 Percent M R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

Cite 4.25% as .0425; cite 3% as .03 (note: leading and trailing zeros are 

suppressed).
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

171 

Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers

Position: 280

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10

Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers

Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required.

2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks 

and numbers assigned to the same physical container.

2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a 

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range.

3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a 

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range.

Comments: 1 When MAN01 contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and 

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for 

this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that is 

represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

 When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID 

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify marks and numbers that apply to a specific line item. 

Use the 1/MAN/270 segment to identify marks and numbers that apply to all the line 

items.

2. Use to identify such data as MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP number, Transportation 

Control number, Project Priority number, and consignee related codes.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87)

L Line Item Only

M MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87)

L Line Item Only

MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers X AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

172 

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 289

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional (Not Recommended)

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information

Syntax Notes: 1 If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MSG03 is the number of lines to advance before printing.

Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of 

page, advance a line, etc.

2 If MSG02 is "AA - Advance the specified number of lines before print" then MSG03 

is required.

Notes: 1. Use to provide any plain text information not associated with a lead time, a clause, 

or an address.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some 

other means within the transaction set.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M MSG01 933 Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text

Not Used MSG02 934 Printer Carriage Control Code X ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Not Used MSG03 1470 Number O N0 1/9

A generic number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

173 

Segment: SPI Specification Identifier

Position: 290

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To provide a description of the included specification or technical data items

Syntax Notes: 1 If either SPI02 or SPI03 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify those elements of the award instrument that are classified 

and to specify the level of classification.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M SPI01 786 Security Level Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the 

information following

Use to specify the level of Government security classification or commercial 

protection level assigned to the items identified in SPI02/03. If the item has 

both a Government security classification and a commercial protection level, 

cite the Government security classification in this data element and cite the 

commercial protection level in SPI09.

06 Supplier Proprietary

92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret

94 Government Top Secret

SPI02 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

1. Use to identify items within the transaction set that are classified, e.g., 

FMS case number, drawing number, SOW, etc. Use SPI04 to further define 

the number or description of the item cited in SPI03, if necessary.

2. Use any code other than code ZZ.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

SPI03 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

SPI04 790 Entity Title O AN 1/132

Title of the data entity

Use only if necessary to further define the item cited in SPI03.

Not Used SPI05 791 Entity Purpose O AN 1/80

The reason for the existence of the data item specified by the electronic data 

item independent of its presence in an EDI transaction

Not Used SPI06 792 Entity Status Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the current status of the data item specified by the electronic 

data item

Not Used SPI07 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying purpose of transaction set

Not Used SPI08 755 Report Type Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item

SPI09 786 Security Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the 

information following
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

174 

information following

When SPI01 is code 92, 93, or 94, use to identify the commercial protection 

level assigned to the item in SPI03, if applicable.

06 Supplier Proprietary

Not Used SPI10 559 Agency Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Not Used SPI11 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

Not Used SPI12 554 Assigned Number O N0 1/6

Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

Not Used SPI13 1322 Certification Type Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the type of certification

Not Used SPI14 1401 Proposal Data Detail Identifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying the basis of a cited value in a proposal

Not Used SPI15 1005 Hierarchical Structure Code O ID 4/4

Code indicating the hierarchical application structure of a transaction set that 

utilizes the HL segment to define the structure of the transaction set
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

175 

Segment: TXI Tax Information

Position: 291

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify tax information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TXI02 TXI03 or TXI06 is required.

2 If either TXI04 or TXI05 is present, then the other is required.

3 If TXI08 is present, then TXI03 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 TXI02 is the monetary amount of the tax.

2 TXI03 is the tax percent expressed as a decimal.

3 TXI07 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to the associated 

segment.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify taxes that apply to individual line item amounts. Use the 

1/TXI/285 segment to identify taxes that apply to the entire order amount.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M TXI01 963 Tax Type Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of tax

Use any code other than code ZZ.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

TXI02 782 Monetary Amount X R 1/18

Monetary amount

When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 or 2/CUR/020 segment cites code BY, the 

monetary amount identified in this data element is expressed in the foreign 

currency identified in CUR02 of the associated segment. In all other 

instances, the monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

TXI03 954 Percent X R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

Percents will be cited as follows: 4.25% will be cited as .0425; 3% will be 

cited as .03 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

Not Used TXI04 955 Tax Jurisdiction Code Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the data used in tax jurisdiction code

Not Used TXI05 956 Tax Jurisdiction Code X AN 1/10

Code identifying the taxing jurisdiction

TXI06 441 Tax Exempt Code X ID 1/1

Code identifying exemption status from sales and use tax

Use any code.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

TXI07 662 Relationship Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the relationship between entities

A Add

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 is to be 

added to the total line item amount.

D Delete

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 has been 

deleted from the total line item amount proposed in the 

Response to the Solicitation.

I Included
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

176 

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 is 

included in the total line item amount.

TXI08 828 Dollar Basis For Percent O R 1/9

Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or 

tax

TXI09 325 Tax Identification Number O AN 1/20

Number assigned to a purchaser (buyer, orderer) by a taxing jurisdiction (state, 

county, etc.); often called a tax exemption number or certificate number

When TXI06 is used, provide the purchasing activity's tax exempt number 

when required by the taxing jurisdiction.

TXI10 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

1. Use to identify the ACRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code 

to which a tax is applicable. These codes and their relationship to the 

financial accounting data they represent are established in the 1/AMT/287 

loop.

2. Use only when TXI07 is code A.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

177 

Segment: SCH Line Item Schedule

Position: 295

Loop: SCH Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify the data for scheduling a specific line-item

Syntax Notes: 1 If SCH03 is present, then SCH04 is required.

2 If SCH08 is present, then at least one of SCH09 or SCH10 is required.

3 If SCH09 is present, then SCH08 is required.

4 If SCH10 is present, then SCH08 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 SCH12 is the schedule identification.

Comments: 1 SCH05 specifies the interpretation to be used for SCH06 and SCH07.

Notes: Use this segment to describe a partial delivery when it can be specified as an actual 

date and there is only one ship-to address. If there is more than one entity receiving 

partial shipments, use the 2/SCH/415 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M SCH01 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

M SCH02 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used SCH03 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual

Not Used SCH04 93 Name X AN 1/60

Free-form name

M SCH05 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

002 Delivery Requested

Use when the delivery date of the order does not 

conform to the basic IDC instrument.

017 Estimated Delivery

063 Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a 

specified date and/or time.

064 Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a 

specified date and/or time.

077 Requested for Delivery (Week of)

When this code is used, cite the beginning day of the 

week.

106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the 

specified date.

174 Month Ending
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

178 

When this code is used, cite the last date of the month.

193 Period Start

1. Use to indicate the start of a period of performance 

or lease.

2. When this code is used, code 194 must be cited in 

SCH08.

358 Cycle Begin

When this code is used, code 359 must be cited in 

SCH08.

375 Delivery Start

1. Use to indicate the start date/time for deliveries 

when the total quantity is to be delivered during a 

specified time period.

2. When this code is used, code 376 must be cited in 

SCH08.

996 Required Delivery

Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the 

specified date.

M SCH06 373 Date M DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

SCH07 337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, if applicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the 

HHMM format.

SCH08 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

063 Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a 

specified date and/or time.

194 Period End

When this code is used, code 193 must be cited in 

SCH05.

359 Cycle End

When this code is used, code 358 must be cited in 

SCH05.

376 Delivery End

When this code is used, code 375 must be cited in 

SCH05.

SCH09 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

SCH10 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, if applicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the 

HHMM format.

Not Used SCH11 326 Request Reference Number O AN 1/45

Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set 

and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

179 

contract number)

Not Used SCH12 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

180 

Segment: PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

Position: 305

Loop: PKG Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To describe marking, packaging, loading, and unloading requirements

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required.

2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKG01 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

Comments: 1 Use the MEA (Measurements) Segment to define dimensions, tolerances, weights, 

counts, physical restrictions, etc.

2 If PKG01 equals "F", then PKG05 is used. If PKG01 equals "S", then PKG04 is 

used. If PKG01 equals "X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used.

3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to.

4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (description).

Notes: 1. Use this segment when packaging requirements apply to specific line items. Use the 

1/PKG/220 segment when the packaging requirements apply to all of the line items.

2. Packaging information such as the number of items in a unit container; the 

number of unit containers in an intermediate container; and the gross weight, cube 

and dimensions of a unit or intermediate container is carried in the 2/PO4/090 

segment.

3. The use of MILSTD 2073-1C codes to identify packaging requirements for items in 

this award instrument are primarily for items that are expected to enter the military 

distribution system. Commercial packaging is expected to be used to the maximum 

extent possible for all other items.

4. Commercial packaging requirements are specified by the use of PKG02 code PK, 

PKG03 code DF, and citing the corresponding code U in PKG04.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

PKG01 349 Item Description Type X ID 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

PKG02 753 Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics 

being described

Use the listed codes to identify the applicable packaging requirements. 

CD Cleaning or Drying Procedure

CT Cushioning Thickness

CUD Cushioning and Dunnage

IC Intermediate Container

OPI Optional Procedure Indicator

PK Packing

To specify commercial packaging, cite code DF in 

PKG03 and code U in PKG04.

PM Preservation Method

PML Preservation Material
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

181 

SMK Special Marking

UC Unit Container

UCL Unit Container Level

WM Wrapping Material

PKG03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate a Federal activity other than DOD or 

GSA.

PKG04 754 Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the 

marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product

1. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristics codes cited 

in PKG02 can be found in Code Source List 197 (MIL-STD 2073-1C).

2. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional 

information, provide it in PKG05.

PKG05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging 

Instructions. If the information to be provided exceeds the maximum length 

of this data element, provide the information in the 2/N9/330 loop, using 

code KD in N901.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

01 Palletized

10 Shrink-wrap
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

182 

Segment: LS Loop Header

Position: 320

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To indicate that the next segment begins a loop

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested 

loop terminates before the outer loop. When specified by the standard setting body as 

mandatory, this segment in combination with "LE", must be used. It is not to be used 

if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and trailer 

must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop 

segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram in the 

appropriate ASC X12 version/release.

Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LS and LE segments.

Notes: Use this segment only if the 2/LDT/321 loop is used. Use of this segment will prevent 

collision between segments.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LS01 447 Loop Identifier Code M AN 1/6

The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this 

data element in segments LS and LE

Cite the letters LDT.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

183 

Segment: LDT Lead Time

Position: 321

Loop: LDT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify lead time for availability of products and services

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

Comments: 1 LDT02 is the quantity of unit of time periods.

Notes: 1. Use this loop when the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period after the 

occurrence of some event, and varies by line item. If the delivery schedule applies to 

all of the line items, use the 1/LDT/160 segment.

2. If this segment is used, the 2/DTM/210 segment is not used to describe a delivery 

schedule.

3. The following are examples of how this LDT loop can be used to specify a delivery 

schedule:

Example 1: Deliver 50 each 180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DA n/l

QTY*1J*50*EA n/l

Example 2: Deliver the total quantity of 500 each as follows: 50 per month 

commencing 180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DA n/l

QTY*1J*50*MO n/l

Example 3: Deliver the total quantity of 20,500 each as follows: 2500 each per quarter 

commencing 90 days after date of order until half the order is completed, then 1000 

each per month until the total order is complete.

LDT*AY*90*DA n/l

QTY*1J*2500*Q1 n/l

QTY*1K*4*Q1 n/l

LDT*AM*1*MO n/l

QTY*1J*1000*MO n/l

QTY*1K*10*MO n/l

LDT*AK*1*MO n/l

QTY*1J*500*EA n/l

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LDT01 345 Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range

AD From date of sample approval to first product shipment

AE From date of PO receipt to shipment

AF From date of PO receipt to delivery

AH From Date of Receipt of First Article to First Article 

Approval

AI From Date of a Specified Event to Delivery

Use to indicate a lead time for delivery that is based 

upon the specific event identified in the 2/MSG/323 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

184 

upon the specific event identified in the 2/MSG/323 

segment.

AJ From Date of First Delivery to Date of Subsequent 

Delivery(ies)

AK From Date Of Latest Delivery To Final Delivery

AM From Date Of Previous Delivery To Date Of Subsequent 

Delivery

AR From Date of Award to Government Receipt of Bond

AV From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

AW From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Delivery

AX From Date of Award to Date of Completion

Use to indicate the completion date, e.g., for a level of 

effort. 

AY From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

AZ From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of Item

Use this code to indicate the lead time for the approval 

of an item or the acceptance of an item if different 

than specified in the Prompt Payment Act.

BC From Date of Award to Commencement of Performance

BD From Date of Award to Date of Option Exercise

BE From Date of Option Exercise to Date of Completion

BG From Date of a Specified Event to Date of Option 

Exercise

Identify the specified event in the 2/MSG/323 segment.

M LDT02 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

M LDT03 344 Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval

CY Calendar Year

DA Calendar Days

DW Work Days

KK Maximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate a flexible time period, e.g., X number 

of days or less.

MO Month

QY Quarter of a Year

SA Semiannual

WK Weeks

Not Used LDT04 373 Date O DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

185 

Segment: QTY Quantity

Position: 322

Loop: LDT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify quantity information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required.

2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present.

Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric.

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify the quantity of an item that is to be delivered in 

accordance with a delivery schedule. The deliverable quantity can be expressed as a 

discrete quantity or a quantity per time period, e.g., 1000 per month. To indicate a 

delivery rate per time period, cite in QTY02 the quantity to be delivered and cite in 

QTY03 the time period, e.g., days, weeks, months, quarters, years.

2. Use also, to indicate the length of the delivery period, e.g., 4 quarters or the number 

of shipments.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of quantity

1J Due

Use to indicate the quantity to be delivered.

1K Time Units

Use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

SA Shipments

Use to indicate the number of shipments expected to 

complete the deliverable quantity. 

QTY02 380 Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

1. When QTY01 is code 1J, cite the quantity to be delivered.

2. When QTY01 is code 1K, cite the length of the delivery period in this data 

element, e.g., 4, and in QTY03 identify the time measurement of the delivery 

period, e.g., months.

QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples 

of use)

M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

DA Days

When QTY01 is code 1J, use to indicate frequency of delivery. When QTY01 

is code 1K, use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

MO Months
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

186 

When QTY01 is code 1J, use to indicate frequency of delivery. When QTY01 

is code 1K, use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

Q1 Quarter (Time)

When QTY01 is code 1J, use to indicate frequency of delivery. When QTY01 

is code 1K, use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

WK Week

When QTY01 is code 1J, use to indicate frequency of delivery. When QTY01 

is code 1K, use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

YR Years

When QTY01 is code 1J, use to indicate frequency of delivery. When QTY01 

is code 1K, use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used QTY04 61 Free-Form Message X AN 1/30

Free-form information
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

187 

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 323

Loop: LDT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information

Syntax Notes: 1 If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MSG03 is the number of lines to advance before printing.

Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of 

page, advance a line, etc.

2 If MSG02 is "AA - Advance the specified number of lines before print" then MSG03 

is required.

Notes: When LDT01 is code AI or BG, use to identify the specified event.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M MSG01 933 Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text

Not Used MSG02 934 Printer Carriage Control Code X ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Not Used MSG03 1470 Number O N0 1/9

A generic number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

188 

Segment: REF Reference Identification

Position: 324

Loop: LDT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 3

Purpose: To specify identifying information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a delivery, e.g., a 

requisition number, an ACRN, a GBL, etc.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

1Z Financial Detail Code

ACT Accounting Code

AT Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

AX Government Accounting Class Reference Number 

(ACRN)

BL Government Bill of Lading

FU Fund Code

IL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition 

(MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP document) number.

P4 Project Code

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TH Transportation Account Code (TAC)

REF02 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

When REF01 is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

Not Used REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

Not Used C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

189 

Not Used C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

190 

Segment: LM Code Source Information

Position: 325

Loop: LM Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To transmit standard code list identification information

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 LM02 identifies the applicable industry code list source information.

Notes: Use this loop to provide the codes from DoD 5010.12-M that identify the frequency of 

delivery for a Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) data item.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LM01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

Not Used LM02 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

191 

Segment: LQ Industry Code

Position: 326

Loop: LM Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: >1

Purpose: Code to transmit standard industry codes

Syntax Notes: 1 If LQ01 is present, then LQ02 is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

LQ01 1270 Code List Qualifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list

FX Frequency

Use to indicate the delivery frequency code for a data 

item deliverable on a Contract Data Requirements 

List.

LQ02 1271 Industry Code X AN 1/30

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

192 

Segment: LE Loop Trailer

Position: 327

Loop: PO1 Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To indicate that the loop immediately preceding this segment is complete

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested 

loop terminates before the other loop. When specified by the standards setting body 

as mandatory, this segment in combination with "LS", must be used. It is not to be 

used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and 

trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required 

loop beginning segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram 

in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.

Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LE and LS segments.

Notes: Use this segment only if the 2/LDT/321 loop is used. Use of this segment will prevent 

collision between segments.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LE01 447 Loop Identifier Code M AN 1/6

The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this 

data element in segments LS and LE

Cite the letters LDT.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

193 

Segment: N9 Reference Identification

Position: 330

Loop: N9 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required.

2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required.

3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects.

2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902.

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this loop to identify various clauses (e.g., FAR, DFARS, GSARS, VAARS, 

Agency, or other clauses), OMB Circular, special instructions, or other references that 

are applicable to a specific line item. If the information applies to all of the line items, 

use the 1/N9/295 loop.

2. When an Alternate section is applicable to a cited clause, the alpha/numeric 

Alternate identifier and the date MUST be cited in the following MSG segment.

3. When citing a clause in N902, the date of the clause MUST be cited in N904 and the 

title of the clause may be optionally cited in the following MSG segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

5N Citation of Statute

Use to indicate the legislative authorization under 

which the line item is awarded. Cite the legislative 

program title in N903.

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

If a Statement of Work is part of the award, the 

2/PWK/070 segment can be used to identify how it is 

being provided.

ADA Agency for International Development Acquisition 

Regulation (AIDAR)

CJ Clause Number

1. Use to indicate a purchasing activity clause (i.e., a 

clause not found in FAR, DFARS, etc.). Identify the 

purchasing activity issuing the clause in N903.

2. DO NOT use for a purchasing activity payment 

related clause. Use code H5 in that instance.

DF Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations (DFAR)

If the DFARS clause has a Modification, Variation or 

Deviation, identify that condition in N903 and provide 

the full clause text in the following MSG segment.

DHH Department of Health and Human Services Acquisition 

Regulation (HHSAR)

DOA Department of Agriculture Acquisition Regulation 

(AGAR)

DOC Department of Commerce Acquisition Regulation (CAR)
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

194 

DOE Department of Energy Acquisition Regulation (DEAR)

DOI Department of Interior Acquisition Regulation (DIAR)

DOJ Department of Justice Acquisition Regulation (JAR)

DOL Department of Labor Acquisition Regulation (DOLAR)

DOS Department of State Acquisition Regulation (DOSAR)

DOT Department of Transportation Acquisition Regulation 

(TAR)

DTS Department of the Treasury Acquisition/Procurement 

Regulation (TAPR)

DX Department/Agency Number

1. Use to indicate an Agency clause and identify the 

agency in N903.

2. DO NOT use for an Agency payment related clause. 

Use code H5 in that instance.

EC Circular

Use to indicate an Office of Management and Budget 

(OMB) circular number.

EDA Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (EDAR)

EPA Environmental Protection Agency Acquisition Regulation 

(EPAAR)

FA Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR)

If the FAR clause has a Modification, Variation or 

Deviation, identify that condition in N903 and provide 

the full clause text in the following MSG segment.

GS General Services Administration Regulations (GSAR)

H5 Special Clause

Use this code only to indicate local, purchasing activity 

or agency payment related information. DO NOT use 

for a FAR or DFARS payment related clause. Use 

either code FA or DF in that instance.

HT Code of Federal Regulations

HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development 

Acquisition Regulation (HUDAR)

K7 Paragraph Number

1. Use to provide information for a contractor. Cite 

an applicable number in N902 and provide the 

information in the following MSG segment. 

 

2. DO NOT use for payment related information. Use 

code H5 for that purpose. 

KD Special Instructions Number

1. Use to indicate a special instruction. Indicate the 

agency, or purchasing activity issuing the special 

instruction in N903. If this special instruction number 

is not included in previously provided terms and 

conditions, provide the full text in the following MSG 

segment.

2. DO NOT use for payment related special 

instructions. Use code H5 for that purpose.

KY Site Specific Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

DO NOT use for payment related terms and 

conditions. Use code H5 for that purpose.

KZ Master Solicitation Procedures, Terms, and Conditions
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

195 

1. Use to indicate the Master Solicitation number that 

contains applicable terms and conditions.

2. DO NOT use for payment related terms and 

conditions. Use code H5 for that purpose.

NAS National Aeronautics and Space Administration FAR 

Supplement (NFS)

VB Department of Veterans Affairs Acquisition Regulations 

(VAAR)

XY Other Unlisted Type of Reference Number

Use to indicate any other reference that cannot use a 

specific qualifier code. Indicate the source of the 

reference in N903 and use the following MSG 

segment, if necessary, to pass text.

N902 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

N903 369 Free-form Description X AN 1/45

Free-form descriptive text

1. When N901 is code CJ or DX, use to identify the agency or purchasing 

activity issuing the clause cited in N902.

2. When N901 is code XY, use to identify the source of the reference and use 

the following MSG segment for text, if necessary.

3. When N901 is code DF or FA and the clause has a Modification, 

Variation, or Deviation, identify that condition by citing "VAR" for 

Modification and Variations, and "DEV" for Deviation.

4. Use also to carry additional information related to the reference cited in 

N901.

5. Use of free-form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

N904 373 Date O DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

Use to identify the date of the clause cited in N902. The DD (day) portion of 

the date is always 01.

Not Used N905 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used N906 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards 

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication 

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a 

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

Not Used N907 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

Not Used C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

196 

Not Used C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

197 

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 340

Loop: N9 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1000

Purpose: To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information

Syntax Notes: 1 If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MSG03 is the number of lines to advance before printing.

Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of 

page, advance a line, etc.

2 If MSG02 is "AA - Advance the specified number of lines before print" then MSG03 

is required.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to carry the title or full text of any clause, a special instruction, or 

other information associated with the number cited in N902.

2. This segment is also used to carry clause fill-in information that is not provided 

elsewhere within the transaction set. Use of clause titles when providing fill-in 

information is recommended.

3. When providing fill-in information, the following format is recommended:

 a) In the first iteration of the segment, cite the clause title, and the clause alternate 

identifier with date if applicable, followed by a pipe sign to indicate the end of the title 

information, then cite the number of fill-ins followed by a second pipe sign to indicate 

the end of the title segment.

 

 b) For each fill-in, begin a new MSG segment using the sequence in which the fillins appear within the clause. These MSG segments may each begin with a number 

indicating the fill-in's sequence position. End each fill-in with a pipe sign. If multiple 

iterations of MSG are required for a long fill-in, end only the last MSG segment of that 

fill-in with the pipe sign.

4. The purpose of the pipe sign (|) is to provide an indication to receiving applications 

that the data string related to a single entry has been completed.

 An example of a clause with 3 fill-ins follows:

 MSG*Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work Alternate I (Apr 

1984)|3|

 MSG*1. 30|

 MSG*2. 30 Sep 1995|

5. An example alternative format provides all fill-in information within the title MSG 

segment as follows:

 MSG*Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work Alternate I|3|30|Sep 

30, 1995|Jan 15, 1995|

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M MSG01 933 Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text

Not Used MSG02 934 Printer Carriage Control Code X ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Not Used MSG03 1470 Number O N0 1/9
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

198 

A generic number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

199 

Segment: N1 Name

Position: 350

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required.

2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing 

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must 

provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101.

Notes: 1. Use the loop to identify organizations and locations that apply to a specific line item. 

Use the 1/N1/310 loop to identify organizations and locations that apply to all of the 

line items.

2. Whenever possible, identification and address information should be provided using 

N101, N103, and N104. Use N102 and segments N2 through N4, as applicable, when 

the address cannot be provided using one of the codes listed in N103.

3. When this segment is used to provide a ship-to address for distribution of a data item 

on a Contract Data Requirements List, N102 should be used to specify the office 

symbol or code within the receiving organization, if necessary.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual

28 Subcontractor

This code may be used to identify the vendor who is 

providing the item or service identified in the 

2/PO1/010 segment and who is authorized to bill and 

be paid for the item or service.

31 Postal Mailing Address

Use only when an actual mailing address is required 

and it is different from the address provided for any 

other qualifier code. Do not use if another qualifier 

code can be used to pass this address. When used, cite 

the name of the party in N102 and the N2 segment, if 

necessary.

56 Servicing Dealer

Use to indicate a dealer who services a product. This 

is the location to obtain service, such as a repair.

61 Performed At

Use to indicate additional places of performance for 

this line item when other than the address identified 

with code SE or FA in the 1/N1/310 segment.

7D Contracting Officer Representative

7G Hazardous Material Office

Use to indicate the installation Hazardous Material or 

Safety Office serving the ship-to location.

7H Government Furnished Property FOB Point
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

200 

7L Preliminary Inspection Location

Use to indicate the inspection location for a first 

article.

7M Inspection and Acceptance Location

Use to indicate the inspection and acceptance point 

when both are at the same location but the location is 

neither at origin nor at destination.

7P Transportation Office

88 Approver

Use to indicate the party approving a Contract Data 

Requirements List.

9P Investigator

Use to indicate the principal Grant Investigator's 

organization if other than the selling party.

AE Additional Delivery Address

Use to indicate a shipment in-place location.

AF Authorized Accepting Official

Use this code to identify the organization that is 

authorized to accept the goods or services. When used, 

N103 must cite code 1, 9 or 10.

BT Bill-to-Party

Use to indicate the party who will provide 

reimbursement for the payment of a contractor's 

invoice. This is an internal government billed party 

and not the party the contractor bills. Use is 

discouraged. Use only when the contractor or other 

party receiving the order or a copy of the order, needs 

to receive this information.

CY Country

Use to indicate the country to which a Foreign 

Military Sale applies. 

DL Dealer

Use to indicate a dealer or reseller of products.

DS Distributor

Use to indicate a distributor of products.

FA Facility

Use to indicate the principal place of performance 

when other than the address identified with code SE in 

the 1/N1/310 segment.

HMI Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) Recipient

Use to indicate the Agency's Hazardous Material 

Information System (HMIS) central focal point to 

whom Material Safety Data Sheets are to be sent.

IF International Freight Forwarder

Use in conjunction with the 2/FOB/180 segment, 

FOB02 code IT.

IS Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

KF Audit Office

KG Project Manager

Use to indicate the Government organization 

responsible for a project to include the advisor under a 

Grant.

KX Free on Board Point

When FOB02 is code KE, KL, or ZZ, use to specify the 

other FOB point.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

201 

other FOB point.

KY Technical Office

Use to indicate the technical office that has cognizance 

over the technical portion of the order, if different 

than the office originating the order. Do not use unless 

it is intended for the contractor to deal directly with the 

cited party.

KZ Acceptance Location

Use when the acceptance point is other than at origin 

or destination.

L1 Inspection Location

Use to indicate the inspection location when it has to 

be described as an address which is neither origin nor 

destination.

OI Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate the inspection activity is other than the 

Contract Administration Office.

P1 Preparer

Use to indicate the preparer of a Contract Data 

Requirements List.

PA Party to Receive Inspection Report

PC Party to Receive Cert. of Conformance (C.A.A.)

PN Party to Receive Shipping Notice

PO Party to Receive Invoice for Goods or Services

Use to indicate where the invoice should be mailed.

PP Property

Use this code to indicate the Government Property 

Office.

PR Payer

Use to indicate the paying office.

PW Pick Up Address

R6 Requester

Use to indicate the requesting agency/activity.

RI Remit To

Use to indicate the place to send payment if it is 

different from the contractor's address, e.g., a bank, 

financial office location, etc.

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ST Ship To

If the address is an FPO or APO, use the appropriate 

code in N101, cite FPO or APO in N102 and in N401, 

cite the two letter identifier (AA for Miami, AE for 

New York, AP for San Francisco) in N402, and cite 

the zip code in N403.

SV Service Performance Site

Use to indicate the location where a service, e.g., grass 

cutting, is to be performed.

TS Party to Receive Certified Test Results

VN Vendor

When BEG02 is code KA, KB, KD, KE, KI, KQ, or KR, 

this code may be used to identify the vendor who is 

providing the item or service identified in the 

2/PO1/010 segment. This code may be used in those 

instances when a award is made to a consortium but 

the item or service is provided by a member of the 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

202 

the item or service is provided by a member of the 

consortium.

X2 Party to Perform Packaging

Z4 Owning Inventory Control Point

Z7 Mark-for Party

ZD Party to Receive Reports

Not Rec. N102 93 Name X AN 1/60

Free-form name

Rec N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification 

Code (67)

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet

Use of the DUNS or DUNS+4 number is preferred 

over other codes to identify an entity.

9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character 

Suffix

Use of the DUNS or DUNS+4 number is preferred 

over other codes to identify an entity.

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code 

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate either a Department of Defense or 

Civilian Agency Activity Address Code.

33 Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

38 Country Code

Use in conjunction with N101 code CY and cite the 2 

position ISO 3166 country code in N104.

A2 Military Assistance Program Address Code (MAPAC)

Rec N104 67 Identification Code X AN 2/80

Code identifying a party or other code

Not Used N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2

Code describing entity relationship

Not Used N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

203 

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information

Position: 360

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 2

Purpose: To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in N101 is described by a code in 

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M N201 93 Name M AN 1/60

Free-form name

N202 93 Name O AN 1/60

Free-form name
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

204 

Segment: N3 Address Information

Position: 370

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 2

Purpose: To specify the location of the named party

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in N101 is described by a code in 

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M N301 166 Address Information M AN 1/55

Address information

N302 166 Address Information O AN 1/55

Address information
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

205 

Segment: N4 Geographic Location

Position: 380

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party

Syntax Notes: 1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to 

specify a location.

2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Notes: This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in N101 is described by a code in 

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

N401 19 City Name O AN 2/30

Free-form text for city name

When the address is a military overseas post office cite APO or FPO as 

appropriate to identify an Army Post Office (APO) or Fleet Post Office 

(FPO).

N402 156 State or Province Code O ID 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency

Use codes AA (Armed Forces Americas), AE (Armed Forces Europe), or AP 

(Armed Forces Pacific) as appropriate for the military overseas post office.

N403 116 Postal Code O ID 3/15

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks 

(zip code for United States)

N404 26 Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country

Cite the two position ISO 3166 country code.

Not Used N405 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

Not Used N406 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

206 

Segment: QTY Quantity

Position: 383

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify quantity information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required.

2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present.

Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric.

Comments:

Notes: When N101 is code ST and the contract deliverable is data, a report, or similar 

intangible product that is to be distributed, use this segment to identify the quantity of 

regular, draft or reproducible copies required.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of quantity

52 Number of Originals

Use to indicate regular copies.

K6 Drafts

KF Duplicates

Use to indicate reproducible copies.

QTY02 380 Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Not Used QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples 

of use)

Not Used C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

207 

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used QTY04 61 Free-Form Message X AN 1/30

Free-form information
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

208 

Segment: REF Reference Identification

Position: 390

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12

Purpose: To specify identifying information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a ship-to location, i.e., 

when N101 is code ST. The number cited can be a reference number or a code used in 

place of financial accounting data, e.g., an ACRN, fund code, etc.; a transportation 

control number; a GBL number; a requisition number; or the financial accounting 

number.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

1Z Financial Detail Code

ACT Accounting Code

AT Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

AX Government Accounting Class Reference Number 

(ACRN)

BL Government Bill of Lading

FU Fund Code

IL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition 

(MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP document) number.

P4 Project Code

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TH Transportation Account Code (TAC)

XE Transportation Priority Number

REF02 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

When REF01 is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

Not Used REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

Not Used C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

209 

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

210 

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact

Position: 400

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 3

Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed

Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to provide communications contacts associated with the entities cited 

in the same N1 loop.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named

AV Advisor

Use in conjunction with N101 code KG to indicate the 

Government technical representative who will work 

with the contractor on basic R&D efforts in a 

particular science area.

CD Contract Contact

Use in conjunction with N101 code 7D to indicate the 

Contracting Officer's Representative.

HM Hazardous Material Contact

Use in conjunction with N101 code 7G.

IC Information Contact

Use with an applicable N101 code to indicate an 

information point of contact when no other code 

applies.

KC Accepting Official

Use in conjunction with N101 code ST to indicate the 

accepting official at destination.

NT Notification Contact

Use in conjunction with N101 code ST and CSH07 in 

the 2/CSH/142 segment cites code NC, to indicate the 

party to be contacted for shipping instructions.

PP Program Manager

1. Includes Grants Project Officer

2. Use in conjunction with N101 code KG.

RE Receiving Contact

Use in conjunction with N101 code ST and CSH07 in 

the 2/CSH/142 segment cites code NC, to indicate the 

party to be contacted for to schedule a shipment.

PER02 93 Name O AN 1/60

Free-form name

Use to identify the name of a point of contact. Last name, followed by first 

name, is preferred. If the whole name is longer than 35 characters, the use 

of initials for the first name is recommended. PER09 may be used to cite the 

party's title.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

211 

PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

AU Defense Switched Network

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of 

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER04 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when 

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted 

as a continuous number with no extraneous characters. If an extension 

applies to the telephone number, concatenate the letter X plus the extension 

at the end of the number, e.g., 17035551212X123.

PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to identify a second communications number for the party cited in 

PER02. For example, if PER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can 

be used to cite a FAX number.

AU Defense Switched Network

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of 

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER06 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when 

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted 

as a continuous number with no extraneous characters. If an extension 

applies to the telephone number, concatenate the letter X plus the extension 

at the end of the number, e.g., 17035551212X123.

PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to identify a third communications number for the party cited in PER02.

AU Defense Switched Network

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of 

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER08 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when 

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted 

as a continuous number with no extraneous characters. If an extension 

applies to the telephone number, concatenate the letter X plus the extension 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

212 

applies to the telephone number, concatenate the letter X plus the extension 

at the end of the number, e.g., 17035551212X123.

PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number

Use, if necessary, to provide the title or office symbol of the party cited in 

PER02.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

213 

Segment: SCH Line Item Schedule

Position: 415

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 200

Purpose: To specify the data for scheduling a specific line-item

Syntax Notes: 1 If SCH03 is present, then SCH04 is required.

2 If SCH08 is present, then at least one of SCH09 or SCH10 is required.

3 If SCH09 is present, then SCH08 is required.

4 If SCH10 is present, then SCH08 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 SCH12 is the schedule identification.

Comments: 1 SCH05 specifies the interpretation to be used for SCH06 and SCH07.

Notes: Use this segment to identify a partial delivery when it can be specified as an actual date 

and is applicable to a named entity.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M SCH01 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

M SCH02 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used SCH03 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an 

individual

Not Used SCH04 93 Name X AN 1/60

Free-form name

M SCH05 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

002 Delivery Requested

Use when the delivery date of the order does not 

conform to the basic IDC instrument.

017 Estimated Delivery

063 Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a 

specified date and/or time.

064 Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a 

specified date and/or time.

077 Requested for Delivery (Week of)

When this code is used, cite the beginning day of the 

week.

106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the 

specified date.

174 Month Ending

Use to indicate delivery is required within the specified 

month. In DTM02, identify the month and cite the last 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

214 

month. In DTM02, identify the month and cite the last 

calendar day of the month.

193 Period Start

1. Use to indicate the start of a period of performance 

or lease.

2. When this code is used, code 194 must be cited in 

SCH08.

358 Cycle Begin

When this code is used, code 359 must be cited in 

SCH08.

375 Delivery Start

1. Use to indicate the start date/time for deliveries 

when the total quantity is to be delivered during a 

specified time period.

2. When this code is used, code 376 must be cited in 

SCH08.

996 Required Delivery

Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the 

specified date.

M SCH06 373 Date M DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

SCH07 337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, if applicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the 

HHMM format.

SCH08 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

063 Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a 

specified date and/or time.

194 Period End

When this code is used, code 193 must be cited in 

SCH05.

359 Cycle End

When this code is used, code 358 must be cited in 

SCH05.

376 Delivery End

When this code is used, code 375 must be cited in 

SCH05.

SCH09 373 Date X DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

SCH10 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or 

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds 

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, if applicable, to identify the time for a delivery. Specify time only in the 

HHMM format.

Not Used SCH11 326 Request Reference Number O AN 1/45

Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set 

and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with 
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

215 

and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with 

contract number)

Not Used SCH12 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

216 

Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

Position: 430

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12

Purpose: To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required.

2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

4 If TD510 is present, then TD511 is required.

5 If TD513 is present, then TD512 is required.

6 If TD514 is present, then TD513 is required.

7 If TD515 is present, then TD512 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 TD515 is the country where the service is to be performed.

Comments: 1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of 

specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party 

responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual 

routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Notes: Use this segment to identify the transportation method applicable to a named entity for 

a specific line item.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

Not Used TD501 133 Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement

TD502 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification 

Code (67)

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code 

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the number in 

TD503 is the DoDAAC of the pipeline.

TD503 67 Identification Code X AN 2/80

Code identifying a party or other code

TD504 91 Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

D Parcel Post

Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used TD505 387 Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the 

originating carrier's identity

Not Used TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any 

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item 

or transaction

Not Used TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

217 

Not Used TD508 310 Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location

Not Used TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction

Not Used TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time

Not Used TD511 733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time

TD512 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered 

by the transportation carrier

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. When BEG12 is code 34, use to identify the transportation requirements 

to satisfy the Emergency Requirement.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used TD513 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered 

by the transportation carrier

Not Used TD514 284 Service Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered 

by the transportation carrier

Not Used TD515 26 Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

218 

Segment: TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

Position: 450

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5

Purpose: To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials 

information, or both

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required.

2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 TD405 identifies if a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) exists for this product. A 

"Y" indicates an MSDS exists for this product; an "N" indicates an MSDS does not 

exist for this product.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment when the special handling or hazardous material information is 

applicable to a named entity for a specific line item.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

TD401 152 Special Handling Code X ID 2/3

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions

Use any code, other than code EMR and ZZZ, but the listed codes are 

preferred.

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas

PMM P.M. Delivery Requirement

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

TD402 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209)

Use any code.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

TD403 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 1/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material

Not Rec. TD404 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

Not Used TD405 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

219 

Segment: PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

Position: 460

Loop: N1 Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 200

Purpose: To describe marking, packaging, loading, and unloading requirements

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required.

2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKG01 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

Comments: 1 Use the MEA (Measurements) Segment to define dimensions, tolerances, weights, 

counts, physical restrictions, etc.

2 If PKG01 equals "F", then PKG05 is used. If PKG01 equals "S", then PKG04 is 

used. If PKG01 equals "X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used.

3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to.

4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (description).

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify packaging requirements applicable to a named entity 

for a specific line item.

2. Packaging information such as the number of items in a unit container; the 

number of unit containers in an intermediate container; and the gross weight, cube 

and dimensions of a unit or intermediate container is carried in the 2/PO4/090 

segment.

3. The use of MILSTD 2073-1C codes to identify packaging requirements for items in 

this award instrument are primarily for items that are expected to enter the military 

distribution system. Commercial packaging is expected to be used to the maximum 

extent possible for all other items.

4. Commercial packaging requirements are specified by the use of PKG02 code PK, 

PKG03 code DF, and citing the corresponding code U in PKG04.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

PKG01 349 Item Description Type X ID 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

PKG02 753 Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics 

being described

Use the listed codes to identify the applicable packaging requirements. 

CD Cleaning or Drying Procedure

CT Cushioning Thickness

CUD Cushioning and Dunnage

IC Intermediate Container

OPI Optional Procedure Indicator

PK Packing

To specify commercial packaging, cite code DF in 

PKG03 and code U in PKG04.

PM Preservation Method

PML Preservation Material
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

220 

SMK Special Marking

UC Unit Container

UCL Unit Container Level

WM Wrapping Material

PKG03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate a Federal activity other than DOD or 

GSA.

PKG04 754 Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the 

marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product

1. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristics codes cited 

in PKG02 can be found in Code Source List 197 (MIL-STD 2073-1C).

2. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional 

information, provide it in PKG05.

PKG05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging 

Instructions. If the information to be provided exceeds the maximum length 

of this data element, provide the information in the 2/N9/330 loop, using 

code KD in N901.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by 

some other means within the transaction set.

PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

01 Palletized

10 Shrink-wrap
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

221 

Segment: LDT Lead Time

Position: 462

Loop: LDT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify lead time for availability of products and services

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: 1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

Comments: 1 LDT02 is the quantity of unit of time periods.

Notes: 1. Use this loop if the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period after the 

occurrence of some event, and the ship-to address differs by line item. If the delivery 

schedule is the same for all the ship-to addressees for the line item, use the 2/LDT/321 

loop.

2. The following are examples of how this LDT loop can be used to specify a delivery 

schedule:

Example 1: Deliver 50 each 180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DA n/l

QTY*1J*50*EA n/l

Example 2: Deliver the total quantity of 500 each as follows: 50 per month 

commencing 180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DA n/l 

QTY*1J*50*MO n/l

Example 3: Deliver the total quantity of 20,500 each as follows: 2500 each per quarter 

commencing 90 days after date of order until half the order is completed, then 1000 

each per month until the total order is complete.

LDT*AY*90*DA n/l 

QTY*1J*2500*Q1 n/l 

QTY*1K*4*Q1 n/l 

LDT*AM*1*MO n/l 

QTY*1J*1000*MO n/l

QTY*1K*10*MO n/l 

LDT*AK*1*MO n/l 

QTY*1J*500*EA n/l

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LDT01 345 Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range

AD From date of sample approval to first product shipment

AH From Date of Receipt of First Article to First Article 

Approval

AI From Date of a Specified Event to Delivery

When this code is used, identify the specified event in 

the 2/MSG/468 segment. If the specified event is the 

scheduling of a shipment or the requesting of shipping 

instructions, cite the contact communications number 

in the 2/PER/400 segment.

AJ From Date of First Delivery to Date of Subsequent 

Delivery(ies)
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

222 

Delivery(ies)

AK From Date Of Latest Delivery To Final Delivery

AM From Date Of Previous Delivery To Date Of Subsequent 

Delivery

AV From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

AW From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Delivery

AX From Date of Award to Date of Completion

Use to indicate the completion date, e.g., for a level of 

effort. 

AY From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

AZ From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of Item

Use this code to indicate the lead time for the approval 

of an item or the acceptance of an item if different 

than specified in the Prompt Payment Act.

BC From Date of Award to Commencement of Performance

BD From Date of Award to Date of Option Exercise

BE From Date of Option Exercise to Date of Completion

BG From Date of a Specified Event to Date of Option 

Exercise

Identify the specified event in the 2/MSG/468 segment

M LDT02 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

M LDT03 344 Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval

CY Calendar Year

DA Calendar Days

DW Work Days

KK Maximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate a flexible time period, e.g., X number 

of days or less.

MO Month

QY Quarter of a Year

SA Semiannual

WK Weeks

Not Used LDT04 373 Date O DT 8/8

Date expressed as CCYYMMDD
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

223 

Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers

Position: 464

Loop: LDT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10

Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers

Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required.

2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks 

and numbers assigned to the same physical container.

2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a 

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range.

3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a 

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range.

Comments: 1 When MAN01 contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and 

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for 

this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that is 

represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

 When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID 

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify marks and numbers associated with a ship-to addressee.

2. Use to identify such data as MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP number, Transportation 

Control number, Project Priority number, and consignee related codes.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87)

L Line Item Only

M MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87)

L Line Item Only

MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers X AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

224 

Segment: QTY Quantity

Position: 466

Loop: LDT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5

Purpose: To specify quantity information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required.

2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present.

Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric.

Comments:

Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify the quantity of an item that is to be delivered in 

accordance with a delivery schedule. The deliverable quantity can be expressed as a 

discrete quantity or a quantity per time period, e.g., 1000 per month. To indicate a 

delivery rate per time period, cite in QTY02 the quantity to be delivered and cite in 

QTY03 the time period, e.g., days, weeks, months, quarters, years.

2. Use also, to indicate the length of the delivery period, e.g., 4 quarters or the number 

of shipments.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of quantity

1J Due

Use to indicate the quantity to be delivered.

1K Time Units

Use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

52 Number of Originals

Use to indicate the number of regular copies of a data 

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to 

be delivered.

K6 Drafts

Use to indicate the number of draft copies of a data 

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to 

be delivered.

KF Duplicates

Use to indicate the number of reproducible copies of a 

data item on a Contract Data Requirements list that 

are to be delivered.

SA Shipments

Use to indicate the number of shipments expected to 

complete the deliverable quantity.

QTY02 380 Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

1. When QTY01 is code 1J, cite the quantity to be delivered.

2. When QTY01 is code 1K, cite the length of the delivery period in this data 

element, e.g., 4, and in QTY03 identify the time measurement of the delivery 

period, e.g., months.

QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples 

of use)

M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

225 

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert 

agency codes to ASC X12 codes.

DA Days

When QTY01 is code 1J, use to indicate frequency of delivery. When QTY01 

is code 1K, use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

MO Months

When QTY01 is code 1J, use to indicate frequency of delivery. When QTY01 

is code 1K, use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

Q1 Quarter (Time)

When QTY01 is code 1J, use to indicate frequency of delivery. When QTY01 

is code 1K, use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

WK Week

When QTY01 is code 1J, use to indicate frequency of delivery. When QTY01 

is code 1K, use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

YR Years

When QTY01 is code 1J, use to indicate frequency of delivery. When QTY01 

is code 1K, use to indicate the length of the delivery period.

Refer to 004010 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

226 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Not Used C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Not Used QTY04 61 Free-Form Message X AN 1/30

Free-form information
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

227 

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 468

Loop: LDT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information

Syntax Notes: 1 If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MSG03 is the number of lines to advance before printing.

Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of 

page, advance a line, etc.

2 If MSG02 is "AA - Advance the specified number of lines before print" then MSG03 

is required.

Notes: When LDT01 is code AI or BG, use to identify the specified event.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M MSG01 933 Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text

Not Used MSG02 934 Printer Carriage Control Code X ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Not Used MSG03 1470 Number O N0 1/9

A generic number
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

228 

Segment: REF Reference Identification

Position: 469

Loop: LDT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 3

Purpose: To specify identifying information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a delivery, e.g., a 

requisition number, an ACRN, a GBL, etc.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

1Z Financial Detail Code

ACT Accounting Code

AT Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

AX Government Accounting Class Reference Number 

(ACRN)

BL Government Bill of Lading

FU Fund Code

IL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition 

(MILSTRIP/DLMS/FEDSTRIP document) number.

P4 Project Code

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TH Transportation Account Code (TAC)

REF02 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

When REF01 is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

Not Used REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

Not Used C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

229 

Not Used C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

230 

Segment: AMT Monetary Amount

Position: 600

Loop: AMT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To indicate the total monetary amount

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: 1. This segment can be used to specify the amount associated with the ACRN (REF01 

is code AX), to specify the total funds obligated against the line item cited in PO101 

(the total of all amounts associated with an ACRN), and to specify amounts associated 

with an award fee, incentive, fixed-fee, or cost sharing line items.

2. The following table identifies how each code listed in AMT01, other than codes 1, 

29, 8B, 9E, B0, DN, EN, KC, KD, and KY, is to be used depending on the code cited 

in CN101.

COST, FEE, AND PRICE EXPRESSION TABLE

CN101 Code AMT01 Code AMT01 Code Use

CA/CY 33 Target Cost

CA/CY 32 Target Fee

CA/CY AEG Minimum Fee

CA/CY AEH Maximum Fee

CH FQ Contractor Firm Share

CH FR Estimated Government Share

CS NA Use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT

CW/CX 33 Cost

CW AEF Base Fee

CW AEE Award Fee

CX FE Fixed Fee

FB/FC 33 Target Cost

FB/FC 32 Target Profit

FB/FC 30 Price Ceiling

FD NA Use the 2/AMT/600 code 29 when CN101 is code 

FD for redeterminable items without a ceiling price or code 30 for redeterminable 

items with a ceiling price.

FM NA Use the 2/AMT/600 segment code 30 when CN101 

is code FM for fixed ceiling price if items subject to differing contract type are present 

in the same contract. 

FF/FG ZQ Initial Target Cost

FF/FG K4 Initial Target Profit

FF/FG AEH Target Profit Ceiling

FF/FG AEG Target Profit Floor

FF/FG 30 Ceiling Price

FH 33 Fixed Price

FH AEF Base Fee

FH AEE Award Fee

FJ/FR/FX/LH/TM NA Use the 2/AMT/600 segment, code 1 for fixed price 

line items; and the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT for contract total amount.

FK NA No cost or price information required
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

231 

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M AMT01 522 Amount Qualifier Code M ID 1/3

Code to qualify amount

1. For the correct use of the following codes in various fee and profit 

arrangements by type of contract, see the table above.

2. Codes 1, 29, 8B, DN, KC, KD, and KY are to be used in accordance with 

the notes or definition associated with each code. 

1 Line Item Total

Use to indicate the line item total amount.

29 Estimated Price

30 Contract Ceiling

32 Target Fee or Profit Amount

33 Original Contract Target Cost

8B Provision for Future Purchases

Use to indicate an amount that is contemplated for 

future placement on this line item.

9E Specific Performance

When PWK01 in the 2/PWK/070 segment is code RE, 

use to indicate the amount of the performance bond.

AEE Award Fee

AEF Base Fee

AEG Target Profit Floor

AEH Target Profit Ceiling

B0 Bond

When PWK01 in the 2/PWK/070 segment is code RD, 

use to indicate the amount of the payment bond. 

DN Liability

Use this code to indicate the limitation of government 

liability for undefinitized contract actions.

EN Cancellation Fee

When PID04 in the 2/PID/050 segment is code MMY, 

use to indicate the cancellation ceiling amount for a 

multi-year line item.

FE Fee

FQ Firm Contractor Share

Use, in conjunction with CN101 codes CA, CY, FB, 

FC, FF, or FG, as applicable.

FR Estimated Government Share

Use, in conjunction with CN101 codes CA, CY, FB, 

FC, FF, or FG, as applicable.

K4 Initial Target Fee

KC Obligated

Use in conjunction with the 2/REF/610 segment to 

indicate the obligated funds associated with an 

accounting code.

KD Undefinitized

Use to indicate an undefinitized amount.

KY Not-To-Exceed Price

Use this code to indicate the contractor not-to-exceed 

amount for undefinitized contract actions.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

232 

ZQ Initial Target Cost

M AMT02 782 Monetary Amount M R 1/18

Monetary amount

When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 or 2/CUR/020 segment cites code BY, the 

monetary amount identified in this data element is expressed in the foreign 

currency identified in CUR02 of the associated segment. In all other 

instances, the monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

Not Used AMT03 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

233 

Segment: REF Reference Identification

Position: 610

Loop: AMT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To specify identifying information

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to an amount cited in 

AMT02, e.g., an ACRN, fund code, accounting code, appropriation number, 

commitment identification number, etc.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

1Z Financial Detail Code

ACT Accounting Code

AT Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

AX Government Accounting Class Reference Number 

(ACRN)

CNO Commitment Number

1. Use this code to indicate the Commitment 

Identification Number (CIN) associated with the 

obligated amount.

2. The CIN is a unique number associated with a 

specific Line of Accounting (LOA) and used to record 

and track a commitment in the accounting system. 

3. The CIN can be no larger than 30 characters. 

4. For DoD activities, the CIN is REQUIRED and 

MUST be associated with an obligated amount for the 

line item. i.e., AMT01 is code KC. 

FU Fund Code

P4 Project Code

TH Transportation Account Code (TAC)

REF02 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

When REF01 is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

Not Used REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O

To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as 

specified by the Reference Qualifier

Not Used C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

234 

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

Not Used C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code qualifying the Reference Identification

Not Used C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30

Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as 

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

235 

Segment: PCT Percent Amounts

Position: 612

Loop: AMT Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To qualify percent amounts and supply percent amounts

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to provide the target fee or target profit increase/decrease percent.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PCT01 1004 Percent Qualifier M ID 1/2

Code to qualify percent

9 Other

Use this code to indicate the percent increase in the 

target fee or target profit.

DF Decrement Factor

Use this code to indicate the percent decrease in the 

target fee or target profit.

M PCT02 954 Percent M R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

236 

Segment: LM Code Source Information

Position: 620

Loop: LM Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To transmit standard code list identification information

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 LM02 identifies the applicable industry code list source information.

Notes: Use this loop to provide data that cannot be provided by other means within this 

transaction set, e.g., field contract administration office data, subject to availability of 

funds, etc.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LM01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

Use this code in preference to code DD.

FG Federal Government

When this code is used, cite FP1 in LM02.

LM02 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

When LM01 is code FG, the code contained in LQ02 comes from the Federal 

EDI Coding Manual, Federal Procurement Code List One (FP1). This code 

list can be found at http://www. fedebiz.gov, under Resources, Related 

Documents.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

237 

Segment: LQ Industry Code

Position: 630

Loop: LM Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: >1

Purpose: Code to transmit standard industry codes

Syntax Notes: 1 If LQ01 is present, then LQ02 is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

LQ01 1270 Code List Qualifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list

6 Special Contract Provision Code

Use to indicate special clauses that apply to the line 

item.

7 Quality Assurance Site Code

Use to indicate the inspection point.

9 Indicator Code

Use to indicate specific conditions that apply to the line 

item.

A9 Supplementary Address

FX Frequency

When PO101 begins with an alpha character and 

DTM01 in the 2/DTM/210 segment cites code 601 or 

LDT01 in the 2/LDT/321 segment cites code AI, use 

this code to indicate the frequency of subsequent 

deliveries of a data item.

Must Use LQ02 1271 Industry Code X AN 1/30

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list

Use to cite a code from the code list identified by the qualifier in LQ01 or the 

code list cited in LM02.
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

238 

Segment: CTT Transaction Totals

Position: 010

Loop: CTT Optional

Level: Summary

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set

Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness 

and correctness.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M N0 1/6

Total number of line items in the transaction set

Use to identify the total number of PO1 segments contained in this 

transaction set.

CTT02 347 Hash Total O R 1/10

Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will 

be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs. 

Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the 

maximum size of the hash total of the data ele ment. Example: -.0018 First 

occurrence of value being hashed. .18 Second occurrence of value being 

hashed. 1.8 Third occurrence of value being hashed. 18.01 Fourth occurrence 

of value being hashed. --------- 1855 Hash total prior to truncation. 855 Hash 

total after truncation to three-digit field.

Use to identify the sum of the quantities (PO102) for all PO1 segments.

Not Used CTT03 81 Weight X R 1/10

Numeric value of weight

Not Used CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used CTT05 183 Volume X R 1/8

Value of volumetric measure

Not Used CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in 

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used CTT07 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

239 

Segment: AMT Monetary Amount

Position: 020

Loop: CTT Optional

Level: Summary

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To indicate the total monetary amount

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to specify the total value of the award instrument.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M AMT01 522 Amount Qualifier Code M ID 1/3

Code to qualify amount

29 Estimated Price

Use to indicate the total award instrument price is an 

estimate.

30 Contract Ceiling

Use to indicate the contract ceiling price for fixedprice contracts with retroactive price redetermination.

KD Undefinitized

Use to indicate an undefinitized amount.

KY Not-To-Exceed Price

TT Total Transaction Amount

Use to indicate the total value of the award instrument 

when it is not an estimate.

TY Total at Complete

Use to indicate the total value of the award instrument 

when it is incrementally funded. For grants, include 

the total amount committed for the entire project 

period.

M AMT02 782 Monetary Amount M R 1/18

Monetary amount

When CUR01 in the 1/CUR/040 segment cites code BY, the monetary 

amount identified in this data element is expressed in the foreign currency 

identified in CUR02 of the 1/CUR/040 segment. In all other instances, the 

monetary amount is expressed in US dollars.

Not Used AMT03 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit
850 (R2) Purchase Order

004010F850_2 26 December 2002

240 

Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer

Position: 030

Loop:

Level: Summary

Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: 1

Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted 

segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments)

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data 

Des. Element Name Attributes

M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M N0 1/10

Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE 

segments

M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9

Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set 

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set

Enter the same number as the one carried in ST02.